OCEANFIRST FINANCIAL CORP - Annual Report: 2010 (Form 10-K)
Table of Contents
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
FORM 10-K
x | ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010
¨ | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from to .
Commission file number: 001-11713
OceanFirst Financial Corp.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
DELAWARE | 22-3412577 | |
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
975 Hooper Avenue, Toms River, New Jersey 08753
(Address of principal executive offices)
Registrants telephone number, including area code: (732) 240-4500
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
(Title of class)
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
(Name of each exchange on which registered)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No x.
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ¨ No ¨.
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of the Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨
Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer | ¨ | Accelerated filer | x | |||
Non-accelerated filer | ¨ | Smaller reporting company | ¨ |
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ¨ No x.
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, i.e., persons other than the directors and executive officers of the registrant, was $213,841,000, based upon the closing price of such common equity as of the last business day of the registrants most recently completed second fiscal quarter.
The number of shares outstanding of the registrants Common Stock as of March 9, 2011 was 18,842,816.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
PART I
Item 1. | Business |
General
OceanFirst Financial Corp. (the Company) was incorporated under Delaware law and has served as the holding company for OceanFirst Bank (the Bank) since the Banks conversion from mutual to stock form in 1996. At December 31, 2010, the Company had consolidated total assets of $2.3 billion and total stockholders equity of $201.3 million. The Company is a savings and loan holding company subject to regulation by the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) and the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Currently, the Company does not transact any material business other than through its subsidiary, the Bank.
The Bank was originally founded as a state-chartered building and loan association in 1902, and converted to a Federal savings and loan association in 1945 and then a Federally-chartered mutual savings bank in 1989. The Banks principal business has been and continues to be attracting deposits from the general public in the communities surrounding its branch offices and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations and borrowings, primarily in single-family, owner-occupied residential mortgage loans. The Bank also invests in other types of loans, including commercial real estate, multi-family, construction, consumer and commercial loans. In addition, the Bank invests in mortgage-backed securities (MBS), securities issued by the U.S. Government and agencies thereof, corporate securities and other investments permitted by applicable law and regulations. The Bank periodically sells part of its mortgage loan production in order to manage interest rate risk and liquidity. Presently, servicing rights are retained in connection with most loan sales. The Banks revenues are derived principally from interest on its loans, and to a lesser extent, interest on its investment and mortgage-backed securities. The Bank also receives income from fees and service charges on loan and deposit products, and from the sale of trust and asset management services and alternative investment products, e.g., mutual funds, annuities and life insurance. The Banks primary sources of funds are deposits, principal and interest payments on loans and mortgage-backed securities, proceeds from the sale of loans, Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances and other borrowings and to a lesser extent, investment maturities.
The Companys website address is www.oceanfirst.com. The Companys annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and all amendments to those reports are available free of charge through its website, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The Companys website and the information contained therein or connected thereto are not intended to be incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
In addition to historical information, this Form 10-K contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Reform Act of 1995 which are based on certain assumptions and describe future plans, strategies and expectations of the Company. These forward-looking statements are generally identified by use of the words believe, expect, intend, anticipate, estimate, project, will, should, may, view, opportunity, potential, or similar expressions or expressions of confidence. The Companys ability to predict results or the actual effect of future plans or strategies is inherently uncertain. Factors which could have a material adverse effect on the operations of the Company and its subsidiaries include, but are not limited to, changes in interest rates, general economic conditions, levels of unemployment in the Banks lending area, legislative/regulatory changes, monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Government, including policies of the U.S. Treasury and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the FRB), the quality or composition of the loan or investment portfolios, demand for loan products, deposit flows, competition, demand for financial services in the Companys market area and accounting principles and guidelines. These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. The Company does not undertake - and specifically disclaims any obligation - to publicly release the result of any revisions which may be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of such statements or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events.
1
Table of Contents
Market Area and Competition
The Bank is a community-oriented financial institution, offering a wide variety of financial services to meet the needs of the communities it serves. The Bank conducts its business through an administrative and branch office located in Toms River, New Jersey, and twenty-two additional branch offices. Eighteen of the offices are located in Ocean County with four located in Monmouth County and one located in Middlesex County, New Jersey. The Banks deposit gathering base is concentrated in the communities surrounding its offices. While the Banks lending activities are concentrated in the sub-markets served by its branch office network, lending activities extend throughout New Jersey. Lending activities are also supported by a loan production office in Kenilworth, New Jersey. The Bank also maintains a trust and wealth management office in Manchester, New Jersey.
The Bank is the oldest and largest community-based financial institution headquartered in Ocean County, New Jersey, which is located along the central New Jersey shore. Ocean County is among the fastest growing population areas in New Jersey and has a significant number of retired residents who have traditionally provided the Bank with a stable source of deposit funds. The economy in the Banks primary market area is based upon a mixture of service and retail trade. Other employment is provided by a variety of wholesale trade, manufacturing, Federal, state and local government, hospitals and utilities. The area is also home to commuters working in New Jersey suburban areas around New York and Philadelphia.
The Bank faces significant competition both in making loans and in attracting deposits. The State of New Jersey has a high density of financial institutions, many of which are branches of significantly larger institutions headquartered out-of-market which have greater financial resources than the Bank, all of which are competitors of the Bank to varying degrees. The Banks competition for loans comes principally from commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, mortgage banking companies and insurance companies. Its most direct competition for deposits has historically come from commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations and credit unions although the Bank also faces competition for deposits from short-term money market funds, other corporate and government securities funds, internet-only providers and from other financial service institutions such as brokerage firms and insurance companies.
Lending Activities
Loan Portfolio Composition. The Banks loan portfolio consists primarily of conventional first mortgage loans secured by one-to-four family residences. At December 31, 2010, the Bank had total loans outstanding of $1.686 billion, of which $955.1 million or 56.6% of total loans were one-to-four family, residential mortgage loans. The remainder of the portfolio consisted of $435.1 million of commercial real estate, multi-family and land loans, or 25.8% of total loans; $13.7 million of real estate construction loans, or 0.8% of total loans; $205.7 million of consumer loans, primarily home equity loans and lines of credit, or 12.2% of total loans; and $76.7 million of commercial loans, or 4.6% of total loans. Included in total loans are $6.7 million in loans held for sale at December 31, 2010. At that same date, 48.4% of the Banks total loans had adjustable interest rates.
2
Table of Contents
The types of loans that the Bank may originate are subject to Federal and state law and regulations. Interest rates charged by the Bank on loans are affected by the demand for such loans and the supply of money available for lending purposes and the rates offered by competitors. These factors are, in turn, affected by, among other things, economic conditions, monetary policies of the Federal government, including the FRB, and legislative tax policies.
The following table sets forth the composition of the Banks loan portfolio in dollar amounts and as a percentage of the portfolio at the dates indicated.
At December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount | Percent of Total |
Amount | Percent of Total |
Amount | Percent of Total |
Amount | Percent of Total |
Amount | Percent of Total |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
One-to-four family |
$ | 955,063 | 56.63 | % | $ | 954,736 | 57.92 | % | $ | 1,039,375 | 62.52 | % | $ | 1,084,687 | 64.20 | % | $ | 1,231,716 | 68.77 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate, multi-family and land |
435,127 | 25.80 | 396,883 | 24.08 | 329,844 | 19.84 | 326,707 | 19.33 | 306,288 | 17.10 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Construction |
13,748 | .82 | 9,241 | .56 | 10,561 | .65 | 10,816 | .64 | 13,475 | .75 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer (1) |
205,725 | 12.20 | 217,290 | 13.18 | 222,797 | 13.40 | 213,282 | 12.62 | 190,029 | 10.61 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
76,692 | 4.55 | 70,214 | 4.26 | 59,760 | 3.59 | 54,279 | 3.21 | 49,693 | 2.77 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans |
1,686,355 | 100.00 | % | 1,648,364 | 100.00 | % | 1,662,337 | 100.00 | % | 1,689,771 | 100.00 | % | 1,791,201 | 100.00 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans in process |
(4,055 | ) | (3,466 | ) | (3,586 | ) | (2,452 | ) | (2,318 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred origination costs, net |
4,862 | 4,767 | 5,195 | 5,140 | 5,723 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance for loan losses |
(19,700 | ) | (14,723 | ) | (11,665 | ) | (10,468 | ) | (10,238 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans, net |
1,667,462 | 1,634,942 | 1,652,281 | 1,681,991 | 1,784,368 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Less: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mortgage loans held for sale |
6,674 | 5,658 | 3,903 | 6,072 | 82,943 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans receivable, net |
$ | 1,660,788 | $ | 1,629,284 | $ | 1,648,378 | $ | 1,675,919 | $ | 1,701,425 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Adjustable rate |
$ | 816,058 | 48.39 | % | $ | 839,285 | 50.93 | % | $ | 906,674 | 54.54 | % | $ | 924,117 | 54.69 | % | $ | 885,342 | 49.43 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Fixed rate |
870,297 | 51.61 | 809,079 | 49.07 | 755,663 | 45.46 | 765,654 | 45.31 | 905,859 | 50.57 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
$ | 1,686,355 | 100.00 | % | $ | 1,648,364 | 100.00 | % | $ | 1,662,337 | 100.00 | % | $ | 1,689,771 | 100.00 | % | $ | 1,791,201 | 100.00 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
(1) Consists primarily of home equity loans and lines of credit, and to a lesser extent, loans on savings accounts, overdraft lines of credit and automobile loans.
3
Table of Contents
Loan Maturity. The following table shows the contractual maturity of the Banks total loans at December 31, 2010. The table does not include principal repayments. Principal repayments, including prepayments on total loans were $477.6 million, $480.2 million and $410.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
At December 31, 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
One-to- four family |
Commercial real estate, multi-family and land |
Construction | Consumer | Commercial | Total Loans Receivable |
|||||||||||||||||||
(In thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
One year or less |
$ | 146 | $ | 49,856 | $ | 13,748 | $ | 2,986 | $ | 46,304 | $ | 113,040 | ||||||||||||
After one year: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
More than one year to three years |
5,246 | 99,695 | | 6,594 | 16,699 | 128,234 | ||||||||||||||||||
More than three years to five years |
5,081 | 149,759 | | 11,485 | 7,444 | 173,769 | ||||||||||||||||||
More than five years to ten years |
96,118 | 111,697 | | 31,187 | 6,245 | 245,247 | ||||||||||||||||||
More than ten years to twenty years |
143,051 | 22,341 | | 153,326 | | 318,718 | ||||||||||||||||||
More than twenty years |
705,421 | 1,779 | | 147 | | 707,347 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total due after December 31, 2011 |
954,917 | 385,271 | | 202,739 | 30,388 | 1,573,315 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total amount due |
$ | 955,063 | $ | 435,127 | $ | 13,748 | $ | 205,725 | $ | 76,692 | 1,686,355 | |||||||||||||
Loans in process |
(4,055 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred origination costs, net |
4,862 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance for loan losses |
(19,700 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans, net |
1,667,462 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Less: Mortgage loans held for sale |
6,674 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans receivable, net |
$ | 1,660,788 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
4
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth at December 31, 2010, the dollar amount of total loans receivable contractually due after December 31, 2011, and whether such loans have fixed interest rates or adjustable interest rates.
Due After December 31, 2011 | ||||||||||||
Fixed | Adjustable | Total | ||||||||||
(In thousands) | ||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
||||||||||||
One-to-four family |
$ | 436,188 | $ | 518,729 | $ | 954,917 | ||||||
Commercial real estate, multi-family and land |
278,991 | 106,280 | 385,271 | |||||||||
Consumer |
89,854 | 112,885 | 202,739 | |||||||||
Commercial |
11,541 | 18,847 | 30,388 | |||||||||
Total loans receivable |
$ | 816,574 | $ | 756,741 | $ | 1,573,315 | ||||||
Origination, Sale, Servicing and Purchase of Loans. The Banks residential mortgage lending activities are conducted primarily by commissioned loan representatives in the exclusive employment of the Bank. The Bank originates both adjustable-rate and fixed-rate loans. The type of loan originated is dependent upon the relative customer demand for fixed-rate or adjustable-rate mortgage (ARM) loans, which is affected by the current and expected future level of interest rates.
From August 2000 until September 2007, the Bank conducted mortgage banking activities through its subsidiary, Columbia Home Loans, LLC (Columbia), a mortgage banking company based in Westchester County, New York. Columbia originated, sold and serviced a full product line of residential mortgage loans. Some of Columbias loan sale agreements included provisions that may have required Columbia to repurchase certain loans previously sold in the event of a breach of a representation or warranty or a misrepresentation during the loan origination process. A portion of Columbias loan production consisted of subprime and ALT-A mortgage loans which were made to individuals whose borrowing needs were generally not filled by traditional loan products because they did not satisfy the credit documentation or other underwriting standards prescribed by conventional mortgage lenders and loan buyers. In March of 2007, Columbia discontinued the origination of subprime loans and in September 2007 the Bank discontinued all loan origination activity at Columbia. At December 31, 2010, as a result of repurchases of Columbia originations, the Company was holding subprime loans with a gross principal balance of $1.9 million and a carrying value, net of reserves and lower of cost or market adjustment, of $1.5 million. Also, at December 31, 2010, the Company was holding Alt-A loans, originally originated by Columbia, with a gross principal balance and carrying value of $3.4 million.
The Bank also periodically sells part of its mortgage production in order to manage interest rate risk and liquidity. The Bank also retained Columbias loan servicing portfolio. See Loan Servicing. At December 31, 2010, there were $6.7 million in loans categorized as held for sale which are recorded at the lower of cost or fair market value.
5
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth the Banks loan originations, purchases, sales, principal repayments and loan activity, including loans held for sale, for the periods indicated.
For the Year December 31, | ||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
(In thousands) | ||||||||||||
Total loans: |
||||||||||||
Beginning balance |
$ | 1,648,364 | $ | 1,662,337 | $ | 1,689,771 | ||||||
Loans originated: |
||||||||||||
One-to-four family |
381,296 | 418,446 | 252,899 | |||||||||
Commercial real estate, multi-family and land |
91,140 | 114,036 | 64,922 | |||||||||
Construction |
5,539 | 4,817 | 3,021 | |||||||||
Consumer |
76,846 | 64,175 | 79,236 | |||||||||
Commercial |
124,630 | 99,868 | 85,796 | |||||||||
Total loans originated |
679,451 | 701,342 | 485,874 | |||||||||
Total |
2,327,815 | 2,363,679 | 2,175,645 | |||||||||
Loans repurchased from investors |
| | 968 | |||||||||
Less: |
||||||||||||
Principal repayments |
477,536 | 480,174 | 410,783 | |||||||||
Sales of loans |
162,481 | 232,765 | 102,022 | |||||||||
Transfer to REO |
1,443 | 2,376 | 1,471 | |||||||||
Total loans |
$ | 1,686,355 | $ | 1,648,364 | $ | 1,662,337 | ||||||
One-to-Four Family Mortgage Lending. The Bank offers fixed-rate, regular amortizing adjustable-rate and interest-only mortgage loans secured by one-to-four family residences with maturities up to 30 years. The majority of such loans are secured by property located in the Banks primary market area. Loan originations are typically generated by commissioned loan representatives in the exclusive employment of the Bank and their contacts within the local real estate industry, members of the local communities and the Banks existing or past customers.
At December 31, 2010, the Banks total loans outstanding were $1.686 billion, of which $955.1 million, or 56.6%, were one-to-four family residential mortgage loans, primarily single family and owner occupied. To a lesser extent and included in this activity are residential mortgage loans secured by seasonal second homes and non-owner occupied investment properties. The average size of the Banks one-to-four family mortgage loan was approximately $186,000 at December 31, 2010. The Bank currently offers a number of ARM loan programs with interest rates which adjust every one, three, five or ten years. The Banks ARM loans generally provide for periodic caps of 2% or 3% and an overall cap of 6% on the increase or decrease in the interest rate at any adjustment date and over the life of the loan. The interest rate on these loans is indexed to the applicable one-, three-, five- or ten-year U.S. Treasury constant maturity yield, with a repricing margin which ranges generally from 2.75% to 3.50% above the index. The Bank also offers three-, five-, seven- and ten-year ARM loans which operate as fixed-rate loans for the first three, five, seven or ten years and then convert to one-year ARM loans for the remainder of the term. The ARM loans are then indexed to a margin of generally 2.75% to 3.50% above the one-year U.S. Treasury constant maturity yield.
Generally, ARM loans pose credit risks different than risks inherent in fixed-rate loans, primarily because as interest rates rise, the payments of the borrower rise, thereby increasing the potential for delinquency and default. At the same time, the marketability of the underlying property may be adversely affected by higher interest rates. In order to minimize risks, borrowers of one-year ARM loans with a loan-to-value ratio of 75% or less are qualified at the fully-indexed rate (the applicable U.S. Treasury index plus the margin, rounded up to the nearest one-eighth of one percent), and borrowers of one-year ARM loans with a loan-to-value ratio over 75% are qualified at the higher of the fully-indexed rate or the initial rate plus the 2% annual interest rate cap. The Bank does not originate ARM loans which provide for negative amortization. The Bank does offer interest-only ARM loans in which the borrower makes only interest payments for the first five, seven or ten years of the mortgage loan term and then convert to a fully-amortizing loan until maturity. Borrowers for interest-only ARM loans are qualified at the fully-amortized payment. The interest-only feature will result in future increases in the borrowers loan repayment when the contractually required payments increase due to the required amortization of the principal amount. These payment increases could affect a borrowers ability to repay the loan. The amount of interest-only, one-to-four family mortgage loans at December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $80.1 million and $123.0 million, respectively, or 8.4% and 12.9%, respectively, of total one-to-four family mortgages.
6
Table of Contents
The Banks fixed-rate mortgage loans currently are made for terms from 10 to 30 years. The Bank may periodically sell some of the fixed-rate residential mortgage loans that it originates. The Bank retains the servicing on most loans sold. The Bank generally retains for its portfolio shorter term, fixed-rate loans and certain longer term, fixed-rate loans, generally consisting of loans to officers, directors or employees of the Bank. The Bank may retain a portion of its longer term fixed-rate loans after considering volume and yield and after evaluating interest rate risk and capital management considerations. The retention of fixed-rate mortgage loans may increase the level of interest rate risk exposure of the Bank, as the rates on these loans will not adjust during periods of rising interest rates and the loans can be subject to substantial increases in prepayments during periods of falling interest rates.
The Banks policy is to originate one-to-four family residential mortgage loans in amounts up to 80% of the lower of the appraised value or the selling price of the property securing the loan and up to 95% of the appraised value or selling price if private mortgage insurance is obtained. Generally, independent appraisals performed by appraisal firms approved by the Bank are obtained for loans secured by real property, however, as allowed by Federal law, under certain defined circumstances, a real estate collateral analysis is obtained instead. The weighted average loan-to-value ratio of the Banks one-to-four family mortgage loans was 58% at December 31, 2010 based on appraisal values at the time of origination. In recent years, a decline in real estate values in the Banks lending area has reduced the collateral value supporting the Banks loans although the Bank believes that most borrowers continue to have adequate collateral to support their outstanding loan balance. Title insurance is required for all first mortgage loans. Mortgage loans originated by the Bank include due-on-sale clauses which provide the Bank with the contractual right to declare the loan immediately due and payable in the event the borrower transfers ownership of the property without the Banks consent. Due-on-sale clauses are an important means of adjusting the rates on the Banks fixed-rate mortgage loan portfolio and the Bank has generally exercised its rights under these clauses.
The Bank currently obtains full verification of income on residential borrowers, however, it previously originated stated income loans on a limited basis through November 2010. The Bank previously offered stated income loans only to self-employed borrowers for purposes of financing primary residences and second home properties. In approving stated income loans, the Bank assessed the reasonableness of the stated income as compared with the borrowers profession. Borrowers for stated income loans generally required good to excellent credit profiles, lower loan-to-value ratios and a higher level of verified liquidity. The Bank offered stated income loans up to a maximum 75% loan to value for loan amounts up to $500,000. To qualify under this product, the borrower was required to have a minimum FICO credit score of 700 and liquid reserves equal to or greater than 20% of the loan amount. The Bank also offered stated income loans up to a maximum of 70% loan to value for loan amounts up to $650,000. To qualify under this product, the borrower was required to show a minimum FICO credit score of 720 and have liquid reserves equal to or greater than 20% of the loan amount. The amount of stated income loans at December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $62.7 million and $71.3 million, respectively, or 6.6% and 7.5%, respectively, of total one-to-four family mortgages.
7
Table of Contents
Commercial Real Estate, Multi-Family and Land Lending. The Bank originates commercial real estate loans that are secured by properties, or properties under construction, generally used for business purposes such as small office buildings or retail facilities, the majority of which are located in the Banks primary market area. The Banks underwriting procedures provide that commercial real estate loans may be made in amounts up to 80% of the appraised value of the property. The Bank currently originates commercial real estate loans with terms of up to ten years and amortization schedules up to twenty-five years with fixed or adjustable rates. The loans typically contain prepayment penalties over the initial three to five years. In reaching its decision on whether to make a commercial real estate loan, the Bank considers the net operating income of the property and the borrowers expertise, credit history, profitability and the term and quantity of leases. The Bank has generally required that the properties securing commercial real estate loans have debt service coverage ratios of at least 130%. The Bank generally requires the personal guarantee of the principal for commercial real estate loans. The Banks commercial real estate loan portfolio at December 31, 2010 was $435.1 million, or 25.8% of total loans. The largest commercial real estate loan in the Banks portfolio at December 31, 2010 was a performing loan for which the Bank had an outstanding carrying balance of $13.6 million secured by a first mortgage on owner-occupied commercial real estate. The average size of the Banks commercial real estate loans at December 31, 2010 was approximately $711,000.
The commercial real estate portfolio includes loans for the construction of commercial properties. Typically, these loans are underwritten based upon commercial leases in place prior to funding. In many cases, commercial construction loans are extended to owners that intend to occupy the property for business operations, in which case the loan is based upon the financial capacity of the related business and the owner of the business. At December 31, 2010, the Bank had an outstanding balance in commercial construction loans of $19.7 million.
The Bank also originates multi-family mortgage loans and land loans on a limited and highly-selective basis. The Banks multi-family loans and land loans at December 31, 2010 totaled $21.3 million and $13.2 million, respectively.
Loans secured by multi-family residential properties are generally larger and may involve a greater degree of risk than one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. Because payments on loans secured by multi-family properties are often dependent on successful operation or management of the properties, repayment of such loans may be subject to a greater extent to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. The Bank seeks to minimize these risks through its underwriting policies, which require such loans to be qualified at origination on the basis of the propertys income and debt coverage ratio.
Residential Construction Lending. At December 31, 2010, residential construction loans totaled $13.7 million, or 0.8%, of the Banks total loans outstanding. The Bank originates residential construction loans primarily on a construction/permanent basis with such loans converting to an amortizing loan following the completion of the construction phase. Most of the Banks residential construction loans are made to individuals building their primary residence, while, to a lesser extent, loans are made to finance a second home or to developers known to the Bank in order to build single-family houses for sale, which loans become due and payable over terms generally not exceeding 12 months. At December 31, 2010, the Bank had 33 residential construction loans, with the largest exposure relating to a $1.2 million performing loan. The Bank may originate construction loans to individuals and contractors on approved building lots in amounts typically no greater than 75% of the appraised value of the land and the building. Once construction is complete, the loans are either paid in full or converted to permanent amortizing loans with maturities similar to the Banks other one-to-four family mortgage products. The Bank requires an appraisal of the property, credit reports, and financial statements on all principals and guarantors, among other items, for all construction loans.
8
Table of Contents
Construction lending, by its nature, entails additional risks compared to one-to-four family mortgage lending, attributable primarily to the fact that funds are advanced based upon a security interest in a project which is not yet complete. As a result, construction lending often involves the disbursement of funds with repayment dependent on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay the loan. Because of these factors, the analysis of prospective construction loan projects requires an expertise that is different in significant respects from that which is required for residential mortgage lending. The Bank addresses these risks through its underwriting procedures.
Consumer Loans. The Bank also offers consumer loans. At December 31, 2010, the Banks consumer loans totaled $205.7 million, or 12.2% of the Banks total loan portfolio. Of the total consumer loan portfolio, home equity lines of credit comprised $113.0 million, or 55.0%; home equity loans comprised $92.0 million, or 44.7%; automobile and overdraft line of credit loans totaled $458,000 or 0.2%; and loans on savings accounts totaled $227,000, or 0.1%.
The Bank originates home equity loans typically secured by second liens on one-to-four family residences. These loans are originated as fixed-rate loans with terms ranging from 5 to 20 years. Home equity loans are typically made on owner-occupied, one-to-four family residences and generally to Bank customers. Generally, these loans are subject to an 80% loan-to-value limitation, including any other outstanding mortgages or liens. The Bank also offers a variable-rate home equity line of credit which extends a credit line based on the applicants income and equity in the home. Generally, the credit line, when combined with the balance of the first mortgage lien, may not exceed 80% of the appraised value of the property at the time of the loan commitment. Home equity lines of credit are secured by a mortgage on the underlying real estate. The Bank presently charges no origination fees for these loans, but may in the future charge origination fees for its home equity lines of credit. The Bank does, however, charge early termination fees should a line of credit be closed within three years of origination. A borrower is required to make monthly payments of principal and interest, at a minimum of $50, based upon a 10, 15 or 20 year amortization period. The Bank also offers home equity lines of credit which require the payment of interest only during the first five years with fully amortizing payments thereafter. Generally, the adjustable rate of interest charged is based upon the prime rate of interest (as published in the Wall Street Journal), although the range of interest rates charged may vary from 1.0% below prime to 1.5% over prime. The Bank currently maintains a 4.0% floor rate on new originations. The loans have an 18% lifetime cap on interest rate adjustments.
Commercial Lending. At December 31, 2010, commercial loans totaled $76.7 million, or 4.6% of the Banks total loans outstanding. The Commercial Lending groups primary function is to service the business communities banking and financing needs in the Banks primary market area. The Commercial Lending group originates both commercial real estate loans and commercial loans (including loans for working capital; fixed asset purchases; and acquisition, receivable and inventory financing). Credit facilities such as lines of credit and term loans will be used to facilitate these requests. In all cases, the Bank will review and analyze financial history and capacity, collateral value, strength and character of the principals, and general payment history of the borrower and principals in coming to a credit decision. The Bank generally requires the personal guarantee of the principal borrowers for all commercial loans.
A well-defined credit policy has been approved by the Banks Board of Directors (the Board). This policy discourages high risk credits, while focusing on quality underwriting, sound financial strength and close monitoring. Commercial business lending, both secured and unsecured, is generally considered to involve a higher degree of risk than secured residential real estate lending. Risk of loss on a commercial business loan is dependent largely on the borrowers ability to remain financially able to repay the loan from ongoing operations. If the Banks estimate of the borrowers financial ability is inaccurate, the Bank may be confronted with a loss of principal on the loan. The Banks largest commercial loan at December 31, 2010 was a performing loan to finance the construction of a dormitory at a major university in the Banks lending area with an outstanding balance of $16.5 million. The average size of the Banks commercial loans at December 31, 2010 was approximately $277,000.
9
Table of Contents
Loan Approval Procedures and Authority. The Board establishes the loan approval policies of the Bank based on total exposure to the individual borrower. The Board has authorized the approval of loans by various officers of the Bank or a Management Credit Committee, on a scale which requires approval by personnel with progressively higher levels of responsibility as the loan amount increases. New borrowers with a total exposure in excess of $3.0 million require approval by the Management Credit Committee. All borrowers with a total exposure in excess of $7.0 million require approval by the Board. A minimum of two employees signatures are required to approve residential loans over the conforming loan limits of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) and the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA). Pursuant to OTS regulations, loans to one borrower generally cannot exceed 15% of the Banks unimpaired capital, which at December 31, 2010 amounted to $30.9 million. At December 31, 2010, the Banks maximum loan exposure to a single borrower and related interests was $19.0 million, although the amount outstanding at December 31, 2010 was $16.5 million. This previously mentioned loan is to finance the construction of a dormitory at a major university in the Banks lending area and is performing.
Loan Servicing. Loan servicing includes collecting and remitting loan payments, accounting for principal and interest, making inspections as required of mortgaged premises, contacting delinquent borrowers, supervising foreclosures and property dispositions in the event of unremedied defaults, making certain insurance and tax payments on behalf of the borrowers and generally administering the loans. The Bank also services mortgage loans for others. All of the loans currently being serviced for others are loans which have been sold by the Bank or Columbia. At December 31, 2010, the Bank was servicing $913.8 million of loans for others. At December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the balance of mortgage servicing rights totaled $5.7 million, $6.5 million and $7.2 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, loan servicing income (loss), net of related amortization totaled $292,000, $(18,000) and $385,000, respectively. The Bank evaluates mortgage servicing rights for impairment on a quarterly basis. No impairment was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2008. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recognized an impairment to the loan servicing asset of $263,000. The valuation of mortgage servicing rights is determined through a discounted analysis of future cash flows, incorporating numerous assumptions which are subject to significant change in the near term. Generally, a decline in market interest rates will cause expected prepayment speeds to increase resulting in a lower valuation for mortgage servicing rights and ultimately lower future servicing fee income.
Delinquencies and Classified Assets. Management and the Board performs a monthly review of all delinquent loan totals which includes loans sixty days or more past due, and the detail of each loan thirty days or more past due that was originated within the past year. In addition, the Chief Risk Officer compiles a quarterly list of all criticized and classified loans and a narrative report of classified commercial, commercial real estate, multi-family, land and construction loans. The steps taken by the Bank with respect to delinquencies vary depending on the nature of the loan and period of delinquency. When a borrower fails to make a required payment on a loan, the Bank takes a number of steps to have the borrower cure the delinquency and restore the loan to current status. The Bank generally sends the borrower a written notice of non-payment after the loan is first past due. In the event payment is not then received, additional letters and phone calls generally are made. In the case of residential mortgage loans, the Bank may offer to modify the terms or take other forbearance actions which afford the borrower an opportunity to remain in their home and satisfy the loan terms. The Bank utilizes the HOPE NOW loan modification reporting standards as well as the Presidents Homeowner Affordability and Stability Plan and other plans to mitigate foreclosure actions. HOPE NOW is an alliance between counselors, mortgage market participants and mortgage servicers to create a unified, coordinated plan to reach and help as many homeowners as possible. If the loan is still not brought current and it becomes necessary for the Bank to take legal action, which typically occurs after a loan is delinquent at least 90 days or more, the Bank will commence litigation to realize on the collateral, including foreclosure proceedings against any real property that secures the loan. If a foreclosure action is instituted and the loan is not brought current, paid in full, or an acceptable workout accommodation is not agreed upon before the foreclosure sale, the real property securing the loan generally is sold at foreclosure. The goal of the Homeowner Affordability and Stability Plan and other plans is to incent lenders to engage in sustainable mortgage modifications. The plan provides lenders with incentives to reduce rates on mortgages to a specified affordability level. The plan also provides access to low cost refinancing for responsible homeowners affected by falling home prices.
10
Table of Contents
The Banks internal Asset Classification Committee, which is chaired by the Chief Risk Officer, reviews and classifies the Banks assets quarterly and reports the results of its review to the Board. The Bank classifies assets in accordance with certain regulatory guidelines established by the OTS which are applicable to all savings institutions. At December 31, 2010, the Bank had $90.0 million of assets, including all REO, classified as Substandard, $1.5 million of assets classified as Doubtful and no assets classified as Loss. At December 31, 2009, the Bank had $71.4 million of assets classified as Substandard, $33,000 classified as Doubtful and no assets classified as Loss. Loans and other assets may also be placed on a watch list as Special Mention assets. Assets which do not currently expose the insured institution to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories but possess weaknesses are required to be designated Special Mention. Special Mention assets totaled $15.5 million at December 31, 2010, as compared to $12.0 million at December 31, 2009. Loans are classified as Special Mention due to past delinquencies or other identifiable weaknesses. The largest Special Mention loan relationship is comprised of a commercial mortgage and a commercial loan totaling $5.6 million to a real estate management and commercial construction company which is current as to payments, but was criticized due to increased vacancies. The loans are secured by commercial real estate and business assets. The largest Substandard loan relationship is comprised of several credit facilities to a building supply company with an aggregate balance of $8.6 million which was current as to payments, but criticized due to declining revenue and poor operating results. The loans are well-secured by commercial real estate and other business assets. The largest Doubtful loan is a loan for $2.6 million of which $1.5 million is classified as Doubtful and $1.1 million is classified as Substandard. The loan is delinquent and the borrower has filed for bankruptcy protection. The loan is secured by commercial real estate and also carries a personal guarantee. The Company has established a $1.0 million specific reserve for this loan. In addition to loan classifications, the Company classified investment securities with an amortized cost of $30.0 million and a carrying value of $20.4 million as Substandard, which represents the amount of investment securities with a credit rating below investment grade from one of the internationally-recognized credit rating services.
Non-Accrual Loans and REO. The following table sets forth information regarding non-accrual loans and REO. It is the policy of the Bank to cease accruing interest on loans 90 days or more past due or in the process of foreclosure. For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, the amount of interest income that would have been recognized on non-accrual loans if such loans had continued to perform in accordance with their contractual terms was $1,467,000, $1,441,000, $913,000, $210,000 and $189,000.
11
Table of Contents
December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Non-accrual loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||
One-to-four family |
$ | 26,577 | $ | 19,142 | $ | 8,696 | $ | 6,620 | $ | 2,703 | ||||||||||
Commercial real estate, multi-family and land |
5,849 | 5,152 | 5,527 | 1,040 | 286 | |||||||||||||||
Construction |
368 | 368 | | | | |||||||||||||||
Consumer |
4,626 | 3,031 | 1,435 | 586 | 281 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial |
117 | 627 | 385 | 495 | 1,255 | |||||||||||||||
Total |
37,537 | 28,320 | 16,043 | 8,741 | 4,525 | |||||||||||||||
REO, net (1) |
2,295 | 2,613 | 1,141 | 438 | 288 | |||||||||||||||
Total non-performing assets |
$ | 39,832 | $ | 30,933 | $ | 17,184 | $ | 9,179 | $ | 4,813 | ||||||||||
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans receivable (2) |
1.17 | % | .89 | % | .70 | % | .62 | % | .57 | % | ||||||||||
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total non-performing loans (3) |
52.48 | 51.99 | 72.71 | 119.76 | 226.25 | |||||||||||||||
Non-performing loans as a percent of total loans receivable (2)(3) |
2.23 | 1.72 | .97 | .52 | .25 | |||||||||||||||
Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets (3) |
1.77 | 1.52 | .92 | .48 | .23 |
(1) | REO balances are shown net of related loss allowances. |
(2) | Total loans includes loans receivable and mortgage loans held for sale. |
(3) | Non-performing assets consist of non-performing loans and REO. Non-performing loans consist of all loans 90 days or more past due and other loans in the process of foreclosure. |
Included in the non-accrual loan total at December 31, 2010 was $3.3 million of troubled debt restructured loans. The non-performing loan total also includes $664,000 of repurchased one-to-four family and consumer loans and $2.2 million of one-to-four family and consumer loans previously held for sale, which were written down to their fair market value. Of the $2.9 million in loans written down to fair market value, $2.6 million were subprime or Alt-A loans. Non-performing loans are concentrated in one-to-four family loans which comprise 70.8% of the total. At December 31, 2010, the average weighted loan-to-value ratio of non-performing one-to-four family loans was 97% using updated appraisal values. Included in the allowance for loan losses is a specific allowance for the difference between the Companys recorded investment in the loan and the fair value of the collateral, less estimated disposal costs. At December 31, 2010, the average weighted loan-to-value of the total one-to-four family loan portfolio was 58% using appraisal values at the time of origination. Based upon sales data from the Ocean and Monmouth Counties multiple listing service, home values in the Companys primary market area have declined by approximately 16% from the peak of the market, however, more recently home values appear to have stabilized. There can be no assurance that home values will not decline further, possibly resulting in losses to the Company. The largest non-performing loan is a one-to-four family loan for $3.5 million which is secured by a first mortgage on a property with a recent appraised value of $3.8 million. The largest commercial real estate non-performing loan is the previously mentioned $2.6 million classified loan for construction of an indoor tennis and exercise facility on which the borrower has filed for bankruptcy protection. The Company has established a $1.0 million specific reserve for this loan.
12
Table of Contents
Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is a valuation account that reflects probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio based on managements evaluation of the risks inherent in its loan portfolio and the general economy. The Bank maintains the allowance for loan losses through provisions for loan losses that are charged to income. Charge-offs against the allowance for loan losses are taken on loans where management determines that the collection of loan principal is unlikely. Recoveries made on loans that have been charged-off are credited to the allowance for loan losses.
The allowance for loan losses is maintained at an amount management considers sufficient to provide for probable losses. The analysis considers known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio resulting from managements continuing review of the factors underlying the quality of the loan portfolio. These factors include delinquency status, actual loan loss experience, current economic conditions, detailed analysis of individual loans for which full collectibility may not be assured, and the determination of the existence and realizable value of the collateral and guarantees securing the loan.
The Banks allowance for loan losses consists of a specific allowance and a general allowance, each updated on a quarterly basis. A specific allowance is determined for all loans which meet the definition of an impaired loan where the value of the underlying collateral can reasonably be evaluated. These are generally loans which are secured by real estate. The Bank obtains an updated appraisal for all impaired loans secured by real estate. The appraisal is subsequently updated annually if the loan remains delinquent for an extended period. The specific allowance represents the difference between the Banks recorded investment in the loan and the fair value of the collateral, less estimated disposal costs. A general allowance is determined for all other classified and non-classified loans. In determining the level of the general allowance, the Bank segments the loan portfolio into various loan segments and classes as follows:
Loan Portfolio Segment |
Loan Class |
|||||
Residential real estate: | - | Loans originated by Bank | ||||
- | Loans originated by Columbia | |||||
- | Residential construction | |||||
Commercial real estate: | - | Commercial | ||||
- | Construction and land | |||||
Consumer: | - | Consumer | ||||
Commercial: | - | Commercial |
The loan portfolio is further segmented by delinquency status and risk rating (special mention, substandard and doubtful). An estimated loss factor is then applied to each risk tranche. If a loan secured by real estate becomes 90 days delinquent, the Bank obtains an updated appraisal which is subsequently updated annually if the loan remains delinquent for an extended period. For these loans, the estimated loss represents the difference between the Banks recorded investment in the loan and the fair value of the collateral, less estimated selling costs. For loans which are not 90 days delinquent and secured by real estate, the loss factors are determined based upon historical loan loss experience, current economic conditions, regulatory environment, local competition, lending personnel, loan policies and underwriting standards, loan review system, delinquency trends, loss trends, nature and volume of the loan portfolio and concentrations of credit.
An overwhelming percentage of the Banks loan portfolio totaling 95.4%, whether one-to-four family, consumer or commercial, is secured by real estate. Additionally, most of the Banks borrowers are located in Ocean and Monmouth Counties, New Jersey and the surrounding area. These concentrations may adversely affect the Banks loan loss experience should local real estate values decline or should the markets served experience an adverse economic shock. See Risk Factors A continued downturn in the local economy or in local real estate values would hurt profits.
13
Table of Contents
Management believes the primary risk characteristics for each portfolio segment are a continued decline in the economy generally, including sustained unemployment, a decline in real estate market values and possible increases in interest rates. Any one or a combination of these events may adversely affect the borrowers ability to repay the loans, resulting in increased delinquencies, loan losses and future levels of provisions. Accordingly, the Bank has provided for loan losses at the current level to address the current risk in the loan portfolio.
The Bank utilizes a rolling four quarter average of actual loan losses as a percent of average loans outstanding during the period. The loan loss ratio is applied, in varying degrees, to each risk tranche. Loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2010, by portfolio segment were as follows (in thousands):
Loan Portfolio Segment |
Amount of Loan Losses |
Ratio of Loan Losses to Average Loans Outstanding |
||||||
Residential real estate |
$ | 1,959 | .20 | % | ||||
Commercial real estate |
324 | .08 | ||||||
Consumer |
736 | .35 | ||||||
Commercial |
257 | .34 |
At December 31, 2010 loans were segmented by portfolio segment, loan class, delinquency status and risk rating as described above. Furthermore, estimated loss factors were determined based upon an analysis of the items noted above.
For each loan portfolio segment, loans are charged-off when management believes such loans are uncollectible. For residential, commercial and consumer loans secured by real estate, the charge-off is taken when the foreclosure process is complete. For unsecured consumer loans the charge-off is taken when the loan is 180 days past due. For commercial loans not secured by real estate, the charge-off is taken when full collectability of the amount due is in doubt after an evaluation of the estimated value of the collateral.
Although management believes that the Bank has established and maintained the allowance for loan losses at adequate levels to reserve for inherent losses probable in its loan portfolio, additions may be necessary if future economic and other conditions differ substantially from the current operating environment. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Banks allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to make additional provisions for loan losses based upon information available to them at the time of their examination. Although management uses what it believes to be the best information available, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary due to economic, operating, regulatory and other conditions beyond the Banks control.
As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Banks allowance for loan losses was 1.17% and .89% respectively, of total loans. The Bank had non-accrual loans of $37.5 million and $28.3 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The Bank will continue to monitor its allowance for loan losses as conditions dictate.
14
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth activity in the Banks allowance for loan losses for the periods set forth in the table.
At or for the Year Ended | ||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at beginning of year |
$ | 14,723 | $ | 11,665 | $ | 10,468 | $ | 10,238 | $ | 10,460 | ||||||||||
Charge-offs: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||
One-to-four family |
1,959 | 1,603 | 884 | 107 | 113 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate, multi-family and land |
324 | 885 | | | | |||||||||||||||
Consumer |
736 | 105 | | | 6 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial |
257 | 95 | | 370 | 450 | |||||||||||||||
Total |
3,276 | 2,688 | 884 | 477 | 569 | |||||||||||||||
Recoveries |
253 | 46 | 306 | 7 | 197 | |||||||||||||||
Net charge-offs |
3,023 | 2,642 | 578 | 470 | 372 | |||||||||||||||
Provision for loan losses |
8,000 | 5,700 | 1,775 | 700 | 150 | |||||||||||||||
Balance at end of year |
$ | 19,700 | $ | 14,723 | $ | 11,665 | $ | 10,468 | $ | 10,238 | ||||||||||
Ratio of net charge-offs during the year to average net loans outstanding during the year |
.18 | % | .16 | % | .03 | % | .03 | % | .02 | % | ||||||||||
Of the $3.0 million and $2.6 million in net charge-offs for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, $1.2 million and $949,000, respectively, relate to loans originated by Columbia.
15
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth the Banks percent of allowance for loan losses to total allowance and the percent of loans to total loans in each of the categories listed at the dates indicated (Dollars in thousands).
At December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount | Percent of Allowance to Total Allowance |
Percent of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans |
Amount | Percent of Allowance to Total Allowance |
Percent of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans |
Amount | Percent of Allowance to Total Allowance |
Percent of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans |
Amount | Percent of Allowance to Total Allowance |
Percent of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans |
Amount | Percent of Allowance to Total Allowance |
Percent of Loans in Each Category to Total Loans |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
One- to- four family |
$ | 5,594 | 28.39 | % | 56.63 | % | $ | 3,603 | 24.47 | % | 57.92 | % | $ | 3,193 | 27.37 | % | 62.52 | % | $ | 2,238 | 21.38 | % | 64.20 | % | $ | 2,828 | 27.62 | % | 68.77 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate, multi-family and land |
6,837 | 34.71 | 25.80 | 5,043 | 34.25 | 24.08 | 3,580 | 30.69 | 19.84 | 3,547 | 33.88 | 19.33 | 3,034 | 29.64 | 17.10 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Construction |
13 | .07 | .82 | 51 | .35 | .56 | 52 | .45 | .65 | 63 | .60 | .64 | 84 | .82 | .75 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Consumer |
3,634 | 18.45 | 12.20 | 2,998 | 20.36 | 13.18 | 1,924 | 16.49 | 13.40 | 1,587 | 15.16 | 12.62 | 1,490 | 14.55 | 10.61 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
962 | 4.88 | 4.55 | 1,725 | 11.72 | 4.26 | 1,442 | 12.36 | 3.59 | 1,329 | 12.70 | 3.21 | 1,324 | 12.93 | 2.77 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unallocated |
2,660 | 13.50 | | 1,303 | 8.85 | | 1,474 | 12.64 | | 1,704 | 16.28 | | 1,478 | 14.44 | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 19,700 | 100.00 | % | 100.00 | % | $ | 14,723 | 100.00 | % | 100.00 | % | $ | 11,665 | 100.00 | % | 100.00 | % | $ | 10,468 | 100.00 | % | 100.00 | % | $ | 10,238 | 100.00 | % | 100.00 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
16
Table of Contents
Reserve for Repurchased Loans. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company maintained a reserve for repurchased loans of $809,000 and $819,000, respectively, related to potential losses on loans sold which may have to be repurchased due to a violation of a representation or warranty. Provisions for losses are charged to gain on sale of loans and credited to the reserve while actual losses are charged to the reserve. The amount of loans repurchased was $0, $0, and $968,000, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. Losses on loans repurchased were $10,000, $79,000 and $1,007,000, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. Included in the losses on loans repurchased are negotiated settlements by Columbia with several loan investors. These settlements generally release Columbia and its affiliates from certain liabilities in the event of a breach of a representation or warranty under the loan sale agreements. However, certain representations and warranties survive the settlement agreements, and therefore, certain investors may request Columbia to repurchase loans not in compliance with the surviving representations and warranties. Included in the losses on loans repurchased are payments for negotiated settlements of $10,000, $79,000 and $785,000, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. At December 31, 2010, there was one outstanding loan repurchase request on a loan with a principal balance of $122,000 which the Bank is contesting. There are also seven claims from one loan investor totaling $2.8 million that the Company believes are covered by a settlement agreement and release between Columbia and the loan investor executed in August 2007. The Company has vigorously contested these claims and believes there are valid defenses including the settlement and release agreement.
In order to estimate an appropriate reserve for repurchased loans, the Company considers recent and historical experience, product type and volume of recent whole loan sales and the general economic environment.
The Company modified the method used to determine the reserve for repurchased loans at December 31, 2009 as compared to December 31, 2008. The change in method did not have a significant impact on the amount of the reserve for repurchased loans.
The method used to calculate the reserve for repurchased loans at December 31, 2010 and 2009 can generally be described as: volume of loans multiplied by the estimated percentage of loans returned for repurchase multiplied by the estimated loss percentage on loans repurchased.
The material assumptions relied on to determine the reserve for repurchased loans at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are further described below.
A specific reserve was established for projected losses on outstanding repurchase requests. The specific reserve was based on the estimated fair market value of the underlying collateral.
The Company segmented its volume of sold loans into two portfolios, Bank originated loans and Columbia originated loans. Each of these portfolios was further segmented by investor type, between loans sold to Government Sponsored Enterprises (GSE) such as FHLMC and FNMA and loans sold to non-GSE investors. Based on actual loan repurchase experience, the Company determined that repurchase requests were most likely to occur in the first five years of a loans life. Therefore, the Company uses a rolling 20 quarters of loan sale volume to determine its repurchase exposure. The volume of loan originations in the rolling 20 quarter total is net of loan volume covered by a prior settlement with the loan investor, as the risk of future repurchases from these loans has been mitigated. Loan balances over the prior five year period were assumed to decay, or run-off, at the rate of 12.5% per year as the average life of the Companys residential mortgage portfolio is approximately eight years.
The Company then applied a return factor to the remaining loan sale volume as determined above. The return factor was determined based on the Companys actual experience for repurchase requests over the prior five years and is equal to the amount of repurchase requests divided by the amount of loans sold.
17
Table of Contents
The calculated return factors were as follows:
Non-GSE Exposure | GSE Exposure | |||||||||||||||
At December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||||
Bank |
.13 | % | .11 | % | .00 | % | .00 | % | ||||||||
Columbia |
.97 | % | .10 | % | .81 | % | .36 | % |
The Company experienced substantial repurchase request volume for Columbia in 2007 which decreased significantly throughout 2008 and into 2009 and 2010. As a result of this trend, the Company gave more weight to its more recent experience and less weight to earlier experience.
Finally, to establish the reserve for repurchased loans, estimated loss factors were applied to the estimated amount of repurchase requests. The Company calculated an actual loss experience on prior repurchase requests of 16.0% and 15.0%, respectively, at December 31, 2010 and 2009, although the actual loss factor was modified to consider several economic factors which were likely to adversely impact the Companys loss experience. These factors included continued weakness in the housing market; a nationwide recession with significant decline in employment; and, increasing delinquency and foreclosure rates on single family mortgage loans. Additionally, both FNMA and FHLMC and investors in mortgage-backed securities pools have begun to carefully examine loan documentation on loans sold to these agencies and investors by loan originators, such as the Bank, with a goal of putting an increasing amount of delinquent loans back to the originator. After adjustments, the final estimated loss factors at December 31, 2010 and 2009 were 26.5% and 18.25%, respectively, for the Bank and 29.0% and 18.0%, respectively, for Columbia.
The material assumptions relied on to determine the reserve for repurchased loans at December 31, 2008 are described below.
A specific reserve was established for projected losses on outstanding repurchase requests. The specific reserve was based on the estimated fair market value of the underlying collateral.
In addition to the specific reserve, the Company established general reserves for various pools of loans considered likely to generate loan repurchase requests. These pools included: subprime loans subject to negotiated settlements; subprime loans sold in a bulk scratch and dent sale (loans with a delinquent history or flaws in the loan documentation); and the sale of prime loans. A projected return rate and a projected loss on return was applied to each loan pool to arrive at a loss estimate.
Columbia entered into various negotiated settlements with many loan investors which mitigated overall exposure to various representations and warranties. The Company estimated a limited return rate on these loans and a projected loss on return. The return rate and loss on return were applied to a subset of the total loans subject to negotiated settlement the adjustable-rate loans with rate resets through December 31, 2009. These loans were considered a higher risk level pool due to their lower initial teaser rates. Investors in the loans may seek to put delinquent loans back to Columbia as violations of representations and warranties may be uncovered. During 2008, there were no repurchase requests from investors who were a party to negotiated settlements.
The bulk scratch and dent sale in June 2007 also provided various representations and warranties to the purchasers of these loans. The projected return rate was consistent with the rate used for negotiated settlements. The projected loss on return was set higher than the loss rate on negotiated settlements since the scratch and dent sale pool primarily consisted of second mortgages on loans with 100% financing. Due to declining real estate values, there was likely to be little or no available collateral coverage. There was one repurchase request relating to this pool of loans during 2008. The $500,000 loan represented 1.4% of the total scratch and dent loan pool and the loss on repurchase of $98,000 was 19.6% of the loan amount. In this instance, the loss related to a first mortgage loan.
18
Table of Contents
A reserve for prime loan repurchases was established based on the amount of loans sold during 2007 and 2008. A projected return rate was applied, consistent with the rate used for subprime loans. A projected loss on return was assessed at a level less than the rate used on subprime loans. Subprime loans typically included no or nominal down payments while prime loans (primarily those sold to a government agency) often required a 20% down payment. As a result, the loss experience on prime loans was projected to be less than that for subprime loans. During 2008, five repurchase requests were received on prime loans sold by Columbia. Two of the repurchase requests were settled without a loss. The third repurchase request on a $230,000 loan resulted in a realized loss of $115,000. The fourth repurchase request on a $279,000 loan resulted in a realized loss of $9,000. The fifth repurchase request was on a $270,000 loan and a specific loss reserve of $81,000 was established on this loan. The three repurchase requests which incurred a loss totaled $779,000 and represented a return rate of .17% of the loan pool. The $205,000 total loss represented a loss on the repurchase requests of 26.3%.
The general reserves which were established were generally higher than actual loss experience, however, in establishing the reserve for repurchased loans the Company also considered several economic factors which were likely to adversely impact the Companys loss experience. These factors included continuing weakness in the housing market and price declines in the local market; a nationwide recession with significant decline in employment; and increasing delinquency and foreclosure rates on single-family mortgage loans. Additionally, both FNMA and FHLMC had indicated their desire to carefully examine loan documentation on loans sold to these agencies by loan originators, such as the Bank, with a goal of putting an increasing amount of delinquent loans back to the originator.
Management believes that the Bank has established and maintained the reserve for repurchased loans at adequate levels, however, future adjustments to the reserve may be necessary due to economic, operating or other conditions beyond the Banks control.
Investment Activities
Federally-chartered savings institutions have the authority to invest in various types of liquid assets, including United States Treasury obligations, securities of various Federal agencies, certificates of deposit of insured banks and savings institutions, bankers acceptances, repurchase agreements and Federal funds. Subject to various restrictions, Federally-chartered savings institutions may also invest in commercial paper, investment-grade corporate debt securities and mutual funds whose assets conform to the investments that a Federally-chartered savings institution is otherwise authorized to make directly.
The investment policy of the Bank as established by the Board attempts to provide and maintain liquidity, generate a favorable return on investments without incurring undue interest rate and credit risk, and complement the Banks lending activities. Specifically, the Banks policies generally limit investments to government and Federal agency-backed securities and other non-government guaranteed securities, including corporate debt obligations that are investment grade at purchase. The Banks policies provide that all investment purchases must be approved by two officers (either the Vice President/Treasurer, the Executive Vice President/Chief Financial Officer or the President/Chief Operating Officer) and must be ratified by the Board.
Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. If the Bank has the intent and the ability at the time of purchase to hold securities until maturity, they may be classified as held to maturity. Investment and mortgage-backed securities identified as held to maturity are carried at cost, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, which are recognized as adjustments to interest income. Securities to be held for indefinite periods of time, but not necessarily to maturity are classified as available for sale. Securities available for sale include securities that management intends to use as part of its asset/liability management strategy. Such securities are carried at fair value and unrealized gains and losses, net of related tax effect, are excluded from earnings, but are included as a separate component of stockholders equity. At December 31, 2010, all of the Banks investment and mortgage-backed securities were classified as available for sale.
19
Table of Contents
Investment Securities. At December 31, 2010, the portfolio primarily consisted of $55.0 million of corporate debt securities, $41.1 million of U.S. agency obligations and $10.7 million of state and municipal obligations. Each of the U.S. agency obligations are rated AAA by Standard and Poors and Aaa by Moodys. The state and municipal obligations are issued by government entities in the State of New Jersey with current credit ratings that are considered investment grade ranging from a high of AA+ to a low of A-. The corporate debt securities are issued by other financial institutions and consist of eleven $5.0 million issues spread between eight issuers. Credit ratings range from a high of A2 to a low of BB- as rated by one of the internationally-recognized credit rating services. These floating-rate securities were purchased during the period May 1998 to September 1998 and have paid coupon interest continuously since issuance. Floating-rate debt securities such as these pay a fixed interest rate spread over 90 day LIBOR. Following the purchase of these securities, the required spread increased for these types of securities causing a decline in the market price. The Company concluded that unrealized losses on available for sale securities were only temporary at December 31, 2010. In concluding that the impairments were only temporary, the Company considered several factors in its analysis. The estimated market value of the portfolio improved over the prior year. Additionally, the Company noted that each issuer made all the contractually due payments when required. There were no defaults on principal or interest payments and no interest payments were deferred. All of the financial institutions were also considered well-capitalized. Based on managements analysis of each individual security, the issuers appear to have the ability to meet debt service requirements for the foreseeable future. Furthermore, although these investment securities are available for sale, the Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the securities. The Company has held the securities continuously since 1998 and expects to receive its full principal at maturity in 2028. The Company has historically not actively sold investment securities and has not utilized the securities portfolio as a source of liquidity. The Companys long range liquidity plans indicate adequate sources of liquidity outside the securities portfolio.
Mortgage-backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities represent a participation interest in a pool of single-family or multi-family mortgages, the principal and interest payments on which, in general, are passed from the mortgage originators, through intermediaries that pool and repackage the participation interests in the form of securities, to investors such as the Bank. Such intermediaries may be private issuers, or agencies including FHLMC, FNMA and the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) that guarantee the payment of principal and interest to investors. Mortgage-backed securities typically are issued with stated principal amounts, and the securities are backed by pools of mortgages that have loans with interest rates that are within a certain range and with varying maturities. The underlying pool of mortgages can be composed of either fixed-rate or ARM loans.
The actual maturity of a mortgage-backed security varies, depending on when the mortgagors repay or prepay the underlying mortgages. Prepayments of the underlying mortgages may shorten the life of the security, thereby affecting its yield to maturity and the related market value of the mortgage-backed security. The prepayments of the underlying mortgages depend on many factors, including the type of mortgages, the coupon rates, the age of mortgages, the geographical location of the underlying real estate collateralizing the mortgages, the general levels of market interest rates, and general economic conditions. GNMA mortgage-backed securities that are backed by assumable Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) loans generally have a longer life than conventional non-assumable loans underlying FHLMC and FNMA mortgage-backed securities.
20
Table of Contents
During periods of falling mortgage interest rates, prepayments generally increase, as opposed to periods of increasing interest rates when prepayments generally decrease. If the interest rate of underlying mortgages significantly exceeds the prevailing market interest rates offered for mortgage loans, refinancing generally increases and accelerates the prepayment of the underlying mortgages. Prepayment experience is more difficult to estimate for adjustable-rate mortgage-backed securities.
The Bank has investments in mortgage-backed securities and has utilized such investments to complement its lending activities. The Bank invests in a large variety of mortgage-backed securities, including ARM, balloon and fixed-rate securities. At December 31, 2010, mortgage-backed securities totaled $341.2 million, or 15.2% of total assets, and all were directly insured or guaranteed by either FHLMC, FNMA or GNMA.
The following table sets forth the Banks mortgage-backed securities activities for the periods indicated.
For the Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
(In thousands) | ||||||||||||
Beginning balance |
$ | 213,622 | $ | 40,801 | $ | 54,137 | ||||||
Mortgage-backed securities Purchased |
193,001 | 197,349 | | |||||||||
Less: Principal repayments |
(69,024 | ) | (24,380 | ) | (13,431 | ) | ||||||
Amortization of premium |
(1,680 | ) | (577 | ) | (72 | ) | ||||||
Change in net unrealized gain on mortgage-backed securities available for sale |
5,256 | 429 | 167 | |||||||||
Ending balance |
$ | 341,175 | $ | 213,622 | $ | 40,801 | ||||||
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the amortized cost and market value of the Banks mortgage-backed securities at the dates indicated.
At December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortized Cost |
Estimated Market Value |
Amortized Cost |
Estimated Market Value |
Amortized Cost |
Estimated Market Value |
|||||||||||||||||||
(In thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
FHLMC |
$ | 19,225 | $ | 19,598 | $ | 12,423 | $ | 12,865 | $ | 9,593 | $ | 9,687 | ||||||||||||
FNMA |
315,024 | 320,368 | 199,381 | 199,413 | 29,597 | 29,629 | ||||||||||||||||||
GNMA |
1,037 | 1,209 | 1,185 | 1,344 | 1,407 | 1,485 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total mortgage-backed securities |
$ | 335,286 | $ | 341,175 | $ | 212,989 | $ | 213,622 | $ | 40,597 | $ | 40,801 | ||||||||||||
21
Table of Contents
Investment Securities. The following table sets forth certain information regarding the amortized cost and market values of the Companys investment securities at the dates indicated.
At December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortized Cost |
Estimated Market Value |
Amortized Cost |
Estimated Market Value |
Amortized Cost |
Estimated Market Value |
|||||||||||||||||||
(In thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment securities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. agency obligations |
$ | 41,146 | $ | 41,132 | $ | 301 | $ | 306 | $ | 302 | $ | 314 | ||||||||||||
State and municipal obligations |
10,690 | 10,615 | 300 | 300 | 150 | 150 | ||||||||||||||||||
Corporate debt securities |
55,000 | 39,856 | 55,000 | 36,369 | 55,000 | 31,686 | ||||||||||||||||||
Equity investments |
370 | 315 | 370 | 292 | 2,196 | 2,214 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total investment securities |
$ | 107,206 | $ | 91,918 | $ | 55,971 | $ | 37,267 | $ | 57,648 | $ | 34,364 | ||||||||||||
22
Table of Contents
The table below sets forth certain information regarding the amortized cost, weighted average yields and contractual maturities, excluding scheduled principal amortization, of the Banks investment and mortgage-backed securities, excluding equity securities, as of December 31, 2010. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
At December 31, 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
One Year or Less Amortized Cost |
More than One Year to Five Years Amortized Cost |
More than Five Years to Ten Years Amortized Cost |
More than Ten Years Amortized Cost |
Amortized Cost |
Estimated Market Value |
|||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment securities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. agency obligations |
$ | | $ | 41,146 | $ | | $ | | $ | 41,146 | $ | 41,132 | ||||||||||||
State and municipal obligations (1) |
514 | 10,176 | | | 10,690 | 10,615 | ||||||||||||||||||
Corporate debt securities (2) |
| | | 55,000 | 55,000 | 39,856 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total investment securities |
$ | 514 | $ | 51,322 | $ | | $ | 55,000 | $ | 106,836 | $ | 91,603 | ||||||||||||
Weighted average yield |
1.75 | % | 1.07 | % | | .88 | % | .98 | % | |||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
FHLMC |
$ | | $ | | $ | 13 | $ | 19,212 | $ | 19,225 | $ | 19,598 | ||||||||||||
FNMA |
| 2 | | 315,022 | 315,024 | 320,368 | ||||||||||||||||||
GNMA |
| 7 | | 1,030 | 1,037 | 1,209 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total mortgage-backed securities |
$ | | $ | 9 | $ | 13 | $ | 335,264 | $ | 335,286 | $ | 341,175 | ||||||||||||
Weighted average yield |
| % | 12.46 | % | 2.45 | % | 3.32 | % | 3.32 | % | ||||||||||||||
(1) | State and municipal obligations are reported at tax equivalent yield. |
(2) | All of the Banks corporate debt securities with maturities over one year carry interest rates which adjust to a spread over LIBOR on a quarterly basis. |
23
Table of Contents
Sources of Funds
General. Deposits, loan and mortgage-backed securities repayments and prepayments, proceeds from sales of loans, investment maturities, cash flows generated from operations and FHLB advances and other borrowings are the primary sources of the Banks funds for use in lending, investing and for other general purposes.
Deposits. The Bank offers a variety of deposit accounts with a range of interest rates and terms to retail, government and business customers. The Banks deposits consist of money market accounts, savings accounts, interest-bearing checking accounts, non-interest-bearing accounts and time deposits. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, time deposits constituted 19.5% and 25.2%, respectively, of total average deposits. The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in money market rates, prevailing interest rates and competition. The Banks deposits are obtained predominantly from the areas in which its branch offices are located. The Bank relies on its community-banking focus stressing customer service and long-standing relationships with customers to attract and retain these deposits; however, market interest rates and rates offered by competing financial institutions significantly affect the Banks ability to attract and retain deposits. The Bank does not currently use brokers to obtain deposits.
The following table presents the deposit activity of the Bank for the periods indicated:
For the Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
(In thousands) | ||||||||||||
Net new deposits (withdrawals) |
$ | 285,685 | $ | 72,300 | $ | (36,030 | ) | |||||
Interest credited on deposit accounts |
14,084 | 17,767 | 26,372 | |||||||||
Total increase (decrease) in deposit accounts |
$ | 299,769 | $ | 90,067 | $ | (9,658 | ) | |||||
At December 31, 2010, the Bank had $72.3 million in time deposits in amounts of $100,000 or more maturing as follows:
Maturity Period |
Amount | Weighted Average Rate |
||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||
Three months or less |
$ | 19,670 | .67 | % | ||||
Over three through six months |
15,249 | 1.03 | ||||||
Over six through 12 months |
4,154 | 1.31 | ||||||
Over 12 months |
33,181 | 3.36 | ||||||
Total |
$ | 72,254 | 2.02 | |||||
24
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth the distribution of the Banks average deposit accounts and the average rate paid on those deposits for the periods indicated.
For the Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average Balance |
Percent of Total Average Deposits |
Average Rate Paid |
Average Balance |
Percent of Total Average Deposits |
Average Rate Paid |
Average Balance |
Percent of Total Average Deposits |
Average Rate Paid |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Money market deposit accounts |
$ | 104,833 | 6.83 | % | .57 | % | $ | 91,695 | 6.76 | % | .74 | % | $ | 84,605 | 6.49 | % | 1.29 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Savings accounts |
241,762 | 15.75 | .72 | 223,230 | 16.46 | .88 | 200,761 | 15.41 | 1.00 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing checking accounts |
761,854 | 49.65 | .84 | 588,923 | 43.41 | 1.20 | 500,540 | 38.42 | 1.94 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-interest-bearing accounts |
127,535 | 8.31 | | 110,740 | 8.16 | | 107,976 | 8.29 | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Time deposits |
298,534 | 19.46 | 1.87 | 341,999 | 25.21 | 2.43 | 408,870 | 31.39 | 3.42 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total average deposits |
$ | 1,534,518 | 100.00 | % | .93 | $ | 1,356,587 | 100.00 | % | 1.33 | $ | 1,302,752 | 100.00 | % | 2.06 | |||||||||||||||||||||
25
Table of Contents
Borrowings. From time to time the Bank has obtained advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLB-NY) for cash management purposes or as an alternative to retail deposit funds and may do so in the future as part of its operating strategy. FHLB-NY term advances may also be used to acquire certain other assets as may be deemed appropriate for investment purposes. Advances are collateralized primarily by certain of the Banks mortgage loans and investment and mortgage-backed securities and secondarily by the Banks investment in capital stock of the FHLB-NY. The maximum amount that the FHLB-NY will advance to member institutions, including the Bank, fluctuates from time to time in accordance with the policies of the OTS and the FHLB-NY. At December 31, 2010, the Bank had $265.0 million in outstanding advances from the FHLB-NY.
The Bank also borrows funds using securities sold under agreements to repurchase. Under this form of borrowing specific U.S. Government agency and/or mortgage-backed securities are pledged as collateral to secure the borrowing. These pledged securities are held by a third party custodian. At December 31, 2010, the Bank had borrowed $67.9 million through securities sold under agreements to repurchase.
The Bank can also borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia (Reserve Bank) under the primary credit program. Primary credit is available on a short-term basis, typically overnight, at a rate above the Federal Open Market Committees Federal funds target rate. All extensions of credit by the Reserve Bank must be secured. At December 31, 2010, the Bank had no borrowings outstanding with the Reserve Bank.
Subsidiary Activities
At December 31, 2010, the Bank owned four subsidiaries OceanFirst Services, LLC, OceanFirst REIT Holdings, Inc., 975 Holdings, LLC and Columbia (inactive).
OceanFirst Services, LLC was originally organized in 1982 under the name Dome Financial Services, Inc., to engage in the sale of all-savers life insurance. Prior to 1998 the subsidiary was inactive. In 1998, the Bank began to sell non-deposit investment products (annuities, mutual funds and insurance) through a third-party marketing firm to Bank customers through this subsidiary, recognizing fee income from such sales. OFB Reinsurance, Ltd. was established in 2002 as a subsidiary of OceanFirst Services, LLC to reinsure a percentage of the private mortgage insurance (PMI) risks on one-to-four family residential mortgages originated by the Bank and Columbia.
OceanFirst REIT Holdings, Inc. was established in 2007 as an LLC and converted to the corporate form of ownership on January 1, 2009. It acts as the holding company for OceanFirst Realty Corp. OceanFirst Realty Corp. was established in 1997, invests in qualifying mortgage loans and is intended to qualify as a real estate investment trust, which may, among other things, be utilized by the Company to raise capital in the future.
975 Holdings, LLC was established in 2010 as a wholly-owned service corporation of the Bank for the purpose of taking legal possession of certain repossessed collateral for resale to third parties.
Columbia is inactive. See Lending Activities Origination, Sale, Servicing and Purchase of Loans.
Personnel
As of December 31, 2010, the Bank had 358 full-time employees and 75 part-time employees. The employees are not represented by a collective bargaining unit and the Bank considers its relationship with its employees to be good.
26
Table of Contents
REGULATION AND SUPERVISION
General
As a savings and loan holding company, the Company is required by Federal law to file reports with, and comply with the rules and regulations of the OTS. The Bank is subject to extensive regulation, examination and supervision by the OTS, as its primary Federal regulator, and the FDIC, as the deposit insurer. The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System and, with respect to deposit insurance, of the Deposit Insurance Fund managed by the FDIC. The Bank must file reports with the OTS and the FDIC concerning its activities and financial condition in addition to obtaining regulatory approvals prior to consummating certain transactions such as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other insured depository institutions. The OTS and/or the FDIC conduct periodic examinations to test the Banks safety and soundness and compliance with various regulatory requirements. This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution can engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and depositors and to ensure the safe and sound operation of the Bank. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes.
The Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank Act) was signed into law on July 21, 2010. This new law will significantly change the current bank regulatory structure and affect the lending, deposit, investment, compliance and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations, and consequently, many of the details and much of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for many months or years.
Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are expected to have a near-term impact on the Company. For example, the new law provides that the OTS, which is currently the primary federal regulator for the Company and the Bank, will cease to exist on July 21, 2011. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the OCC), which is currently the primary federal regulator for national banks, will become the primary federal regulator for federal thrifts, including the Bank. The FRB will supervise and regulate all savings and loan holding companies that were formerly regulated by the OTS, including the Company.
Also effective one year after the date of enactment is a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act that eliminates the federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, thus allowing businesses to have interest-bearing checking accounts. Depending on competitive responses, this significant change to existing law could have an adverse impact on the Companys interest expense. The Dodd-Frank Act also broadens the base for Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance assessments. Assessments will now be based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution.
The Dodd-Frank Act also permanently increases the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2009, and non-interest bearing transaction accounts have unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2012.
The Dodd-Frank Act creates the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The CFPB has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit unfair, deceptive or abusive acts and practices. The CFPB has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Savings institutions such as OceanFirst Bank with $10 billion or less in assets will continue to be examined for compliance with the consumer laws by their primary bank regulators, although the CFPB will have back-up authority over such institutions. The Dodd-Frank Act also weakens the federal preemption rules that have been applicable for national banks and federal savings associations, and gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce federal consumer protection laws.
27
Table of Contents
Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act includes a series of provisions covering mortgage loan origination standards affecting, among other things, originator compensation, minimum repayment standards, and pre-payments. The Dodd-Frank Act also directs the FRB to issue rules to limit debit-card interchange fees (the fees that issuing banks charge merchants each time a consumer uses a debit card) collected by Banks with assets of $10 billion or more. On December 16, 2010, the FRB issued a proposed rule which would cap debit-card interchange fees to no more than 12 cents per transaction compared to an industry average of 44 cents per transaction. The Banks average interchange fee per transaction is 36 cents. The Dodd-Frank Act exempts from the FRBs rule banks with assets less than $10 billion, such as the Bank. Although exempt from the rule, market forces may result in reduced fees charged by all issuers, regardless of asset size, which may result in reduced revenues for the Bank. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Banks revenue from interchange fees was $1.8 million. The FRB has until April 2011 to issue a final regulation, so the timing and ultimate extent of impact to the Company is unknown.
The Dodd-Frank Act will require publicly traded companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called golden parachute payments, and allow greater access by shareholders to the companys proxy material by authorizing the SEC to promulgate rules that would allow stockholders to nominate their own candidates using a companys proxy materials. The legislation also directs the Federal banking agencies to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded. These rules will require each bank with assets greater than $1 billion, such as the Bank, to make annual confidential disclosures to its primary Federal regulator detailing incentive compensation plans. The rules will prohibit incentive-based compensation that would encourage inappropriate risks by providing excessive compensation or that would expose the bank to inappropriate risks by providing compensation that could lead to a material financial loss.
It is uncertain how the implementation of and promulgation of rules under the Dodd-Frank Act, including the Company and the Bank being regulated by the FRB and the OCC, will affect the Bank. As the OCC and the FRB begin to regulate and supervise savings associations and savings and loan holding companies, existing regulations may be repealed or modified. The description of statutory provisions and regulations applicable to savings institutions and their holding companies set forth in this Form 10-K does not purport to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on the Bank and the Company, is subject to change and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual laws and regulations involved.
Holding Company Regulation
The Company is a nondiversified unitary savings and loan holding company within the meaning of Federal law. Under prior law, a unitary savings and loan holding company, such as the Company, was not generally restricted as to the types of business activities in which it may engage, provided that the Bank continued to be a qualified thrift lender (QTL). See Federal Savings Institution Regulation - QTL Test. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 provides that no company may acquire control of a savings association after May 4, 1999 unless it engages only in the financial activities permitted for financial holding companies or for multiple savings and loan holding companies as described below. Further, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act specifies that existing savings and loan holding companies may only engage in such activities. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, however, grandfathered the unrestricted authority for activities with respect to unitary savings and loan holding companies existing prior to May 4, 1999, such as the Company, so long as the Bank continues to comply with the QTL test. The Company qualifies for the grandfather provision. Upon any non-supervisory acquisition by the Company of another savings institution or savings bank that meets the QTL test and is deemed to be a savings institution by the OTS, the Company would become a multiple savings and loan holding company (if the acquired institution is held as a separate subsidiary) and would generally be limited to activities permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding Company Act, subject to the prior approval of the OTS, and certain activities authorized by OTS regulation. However, the OTS has issued an interpretation concluding that multiple savings and loan holding companies may also engage in activities permitted for financial holding companies.
A savings and loan holding company is prohibited from, directly or indirectly, acquiring more than 5% of the voting stock of another savings institution or savings and loan holding company without prior written approval of the OTS and from acquiring or retaining control of a depository institution that is not insured by the FDIC. In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions, the OTS considers the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the company and institution involved, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the deposit insurance funds, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors.
28
Table of Contents
The OTS may not approve any acquisition that would result in a multiple savings and loan holding company controlling savings institutions in more than one state, subject to two exceptions: (i) the approval of interstate supervisory acquisitions by savings and loan holding companies and (ii) the acquisition of a savings institution in another state if the laws of the state of the target savings institution specifically permit such acquisitions. The states vary in the extent to which they permit interstate savings and loan holding company acquisitions.
Capital Requirements and Limitations on Distributions. Although savings and loan holding companies currently are not subject to specific capital requirements or specific restrictions on the payment of dividends or other capital distributions, Federal regulations do prescribe such restrictions on subsidiary savings institutions as described below. The Bank must notify the OTS 30 days before declaring any dividend to the Company. In addition, the financial impact of a holding company on its subsidiary institution is a matter that is evaluated by the OTS which has the authority to order cessation of activities or divestiture of subsidiaries deemed to pose a threat to the safety and soundness of the institution.
The Dodd-Frank Act, however, immediately authorizes the OTS and its successor regulator of thrift holding companies, the FRB, to promulgate capital requirements for all thrift holding companies, including the Company. The Dodd-Frank Act also extends the source of strength doctrine to include thrift holding companies, including the Company. The federal banking regulatory agencies are required to issue joint rules within two years of enactment of the Dodd-Frank act requiring that all bank and thrift holding companies serve as a source of strength for any depository institution subsidiary.
Five years after the date of enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, thrift holding companies that were not subject to the authority of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve as of May 19, 2010, including the Company, will be subject to the following (i) minimum capital requirements for thrift holding companies that can be no lower than the generally applicable capital requirements that were in effect for insured depositories as of the date of enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act; (ii) any trust preferred securities issued after May 19, 2010 are removed as a permitted component of a holding companys Tier 1 capital; (iii) for holding companies with $15 billion or more in consolidated assets, any trust preferred securities issued before May 19, 2010 will no longer be a permitted component of a holding companys Tier 1 capital after a three-year phase-in period which begins January 1, 2013; and (iv) for holding companies, such as the Company, with less than $15 billion in consolidated assets, any trust preferred securities issued before May 19, 2010 may remain a component of a holding companys Tier 1 capital. The new capital requirements are not expected to have a significant impact on the Company.
Acquisition of the Company. Under the Federal Change in Bank Control Act (CBCA) and OTS regulations, a notice must be submitted to the OTS if any person (including a company), or group acting in concert, seeks to acquire 10% or more of the Companys outstanding voting stock, unless the OTS has found that the acquisition will not result in a change of control of the Company. Under CBCA, the OTS has 60 days from the filing of a complete notice to act, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and the anti-trust effects of the acquisition. Any company that so acquires control would then be subject to regulation as a savings and loan holding company.
Federal Savings Institution Regulation
Business Activities. The activities of Federal savings institutions are governed by Federal law and regulations. These laws and regulations delineate the nature and extent of the activities in which Federal savings banks may engage. In particular, many types of lending authority for Federal savings banks, e.g., commercial, non-residential real property loans and consumer loans, are limited to a specified percentage of the institutions capital or assets.
Capital Requirements. The OTS capital regulations require savings institutions to meet three minimum capital standards: a 1.5% tangible capital ratio, a 4% leverage ratio (3% for institutions receiving the highest rating on the regulatory examination rating system) and an 8% risk-based capital ratio. In addition, the prompt corrective action standards discussed below also establish, in effect, a minimum 2% tangible capital standard, a 4% leverage ratio (3% for institutions receiving the highest rating on the regulatory examination rating system), and, together with the risk-based capital standard itself, a 4% risk-based capital standard. The OTS regulations also require that, in meeting the tangible, leverage and risk-based capital standards, institutions must generally deduct investments in and loans to subsidiaries engaged in activities as principal that are not permissible for a national bank.
29
Table of Contents
The risk-based capital standard for savings institutions requires the maintenance of Core and total capital (which is defined as core capital and supplementary capital) to risk-weighted assets of at least 4% and 8%, respectively. In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets, all assets, including certain off-balance-sheet activities, are multiplied by a risk-weight factor of 0% to 100%, assigned by the OTS capital regulation based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset. Core capital is defined as common stockholders equity (including retained earnings), certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus, and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries less intangibles other than certain mortgage servicing rights and credit card relationships. The components of supplementary capital currently include cumulative preferred stock, long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, subordinated debt and intermediate preferred stock, the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and up to 45% of unrealized gains on available for sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values. Overall, the amount of supplementary capital included as part of total capital cannot exceed 100% of core capital. The OTS has authority to establish individual minimum capital requirements in cases where it is determined that a particular institutions capital level is, or may, become inadequate in light of the circumstances involved.
The following table presents the Banks capital position at December 31, 2010. The Bank met each of its capital requirements at that date.
Capital | ||||||||||||||||||||
Actual Capital |
Required Capital |
Excess Amount |
Actual Percent |
Required Percent |
||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Tangible |
$ | 206,163 | $33,868 | $ | 172,295 | 9.13 | % | 1.50 | % | |||||||||||
Core (Leverage) |
206,163 | 90,315 | 115,848 | 9.13 | 4.00 | |||||||||||||||
Risk-based |
219,399 | 114,899 | 104,500 | 15.28 | 8.00 |
Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action. The OTS is required to take certain supervisory actions against undercapitalized institutions, the severity of which depends upon the institutions degree of undercapitalization. Generally, a savings institution that has a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of less than 8%, a ratio of Core capital to risk-weighted assets of less than 4% or a ratio of core capital to total assets of less than 4% (3% or less for institutions with the highest examination rating) is considered to be undercapitalized. A savings institution that has a total risk-based capital ratio less than 6%, a Core capital ratio of less than 3% or a leverage ratio that is less than 3% is considered to be significantly undercapitalized and a savings institution that has a tangible capital to assets ratio equal to or less than 2% is deemed to be critically undercapitalized. Subject to a narrow exception, the OTS is required to appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is critically undercapitalized. The regulation also provides that a capital restoration plan must be filed with the OTS within 45 days of the date a savings institution receives notice that it is undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized. Compliance with the plan must be guaranteed by any parent holding company. In addition, numerous mandatory supervisory actions become immediately applicable to an undercapitalized institution including, but not limited to, increased monitoring by regulators and restrictions on growth, capital distributions and expansion. The OTS could also take any one of a number of discretionary supervisory actions, including the issuance of a capital directive and the replacement of senior executive officers and directors. Significantly and critically undercapitalized institutions are subject to additional mandatory and discretionary measures.
Insurance of Deposit Accounts. Deposit accounts at the Bank are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF) of the FDIC. The Banks deposits, therefore, are subject to FDIC deposit insurance assessments and the FDIC has adopted a risk-based system for determining deposit insurance assessments.
30
Table of Contents
This assessment is based on the risk category of the institution and currently ranges from 12 to 50 basis points of the institutions deposits. Federal law requires that the designated reserve ratio for the deposit insurance fund be established by the FDIC at 1.15% to 1.50% of estimated insured deposits. If this reserve ratio drops below 1.15% or the FDIC expects that it will do so within six months, the FDIC must, within 90 days, establish and implement a plan to restore the designated reserve ratio to 1.15% of estimated insured deposits within five years (absent extraordinary circumstances).
Recent bank failures coupled with deteriorating economic conditions have significantly reduced the deposit insurance funds reserve ratio. As a result of this reduced reserve ratio, on October 16, 2008, the FDIC published a proposed rule that would restore the reserve ratio to its required level of 1.15 percent within five years. On February 27, 2009, the FDIC took action to extend the restoration plan horizon to seven years.
The amended restoration plan was accompanied by a final rule that sets assessment rates and makes adjustments that improve how the assessment system differentiates for risk. Currently, most banks are in the best risk category and pay anywhere from 12 to 14 cents per $100 of deposits for insurance. Under the final rule, banks in this category will pay initial base rates ranging from 12 to 16 cents per $100 on an annual basis, beginning on April 1, 2009.
In 2009 the FDIC announced increased assessments and charged a 10 basis point emergency special assessment, which was collected on September 30, 2009. The Company recorded an expense of $869,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009 to reflect the special assessment. The interim rule would also permit the FDIC to impose an emergency special assessment after June 30, 2009, of up to 10 basis points if necessary to maintain public confidence in federal deposit insurance. These actions significantly increased the Companys non-interest expense in 2009.
In addition, in 2009 the FDIC required insured institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. The prepayment of assessments would ensure that the deposit insurance system remains directly funded by depository institutions and preserves the FDICs ability to borrow from the Treasury for emergency situations. The prepayment of $7.4 million was collected on December 30, 2009 and was recorded as a prepaid expense on the Companys statement of financial condition. The prepaid expense is periodically amortized into operating expense through 2012.
On February 7, 2011 the FDIC Board approved a final rule that changes the assessment base from domestic deposits to average assets minus average tangible equity, adopts a new large-bank pricing assessment scheme, and sets a target size for the Deposit Insurance Fund. The changes are effective beginning with the second quarter of 2011. The rule finalizes a target size for the Deposit Insurance Fund at 2 percent of insured deposits. It also implements a lower assessment rate schedule when the fund reaches 1.15 percent (so that the average rate over time should be about 8.5 basis points) and, in lieu of dividends, provides for a lower rate schedule when the reserve ratio reaches 2 percent and 2.5 percent. The rule lowers overall assessment rates in order to generate the same approximate amount of revenue under the new larger base as was raised under the old base. The assessment rates in total would be between 2.5 and 9 basis points on the broader base for banks in the lowest risk category, and 30 to 45 basis points for banks in the highest risk category.
Deposit accounts in the Bank are insured by the FDIC generally up to a maximum of $100,000 per separately insured depositor and up to a maximum of $250,000 for self-directed retirement accounts. However, pursuant to its statutory authority, the Board of Directors of the FDIC increased the deposit insurance available on deposit accounts to $250,000 effective until December 31, 2012. At that time, deposit insurance coverage will return to $100,000 for all deposit categories, except for IRAs and certain retirement accounts that will continue to be insured up to $250,000 as described above.
The FDIC may terminate the insurance of an institutions deposits upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. The management of the Bank does not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.
31
Table of Contents
Under the Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996 (Funds Act), the assessment base for the payments on bonds issued in the late 1980s by the Financing Corporation (FICO) to recapitalize the now defunct Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation was expanded to include, beginning January 1, 1997, the deposits of certain insured institutions, including the Bank. The bonds issued by FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. The FICO payments are in addition to the deposit insurance assessment.
The total expense incurred in 2010 and 2009 for the deposit insurance assessment and the FICO payments was $2.3 million and $2.7 million, respectively.
Loans to One Borrower. Federal law provides that savings institutions are generally subject to the limits on loans to one borrower applicable to national banks. Subject to certain exceptions, a savings institution may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15% of its unimpaired capital and surplus. An additional amount may be lent, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if secured by specified readily-marketable collateral. At December 31, 2010, the Banks limit on loans to one borrower was $30.9 million. At December 31, 2010, the Banks maximum loan exposure to a single borrower was $19.0 million, although the amount outstanding at December 31, 2010 was $16.5 million.
Qualified Thrift Lender Test. The Home Owners Loan Act requires savings institutions to meet a qualified thrift lender test. Under the test, a savings association is required to either qualify as a domestic building and loan association under the Internal Revenue Code or maintain at least 65% of its portfolio assets (total assets less: (1) specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets; (2) intangibles, including goodwill; and (3) the value of property used to conduct business) in certain qualified thrift investments (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including certain mortgage-backed securities) in at least nine months out of each 12 month period. Additionally, education loans, credit card loans and small business loans may be considered qualified thrift investments.
A savings institution that fails the qualified thrift lender test is subject to certain operating restrictions and may be required to convert to a bank charter. As of December 31, 2010, the Bank met the qualified thrift lender test.
Limitation on Capital Distributions. OTS regulations impose limitations upon all capital distributions by a savings institution, including cash dividends, payments to repurchase its shares and payments to shareholders of another institution in a cash-out merger. Under the regulations, an application to and the approval of the OTS is required prior to any capital distribution if the institution does not meet the criteria for expedited treatment of applications under OTS regulations (i.e., generally, examination ratings in the two top categories), the total capital distributions for the calendar year exceed net income for that year plus the amount of retained net income for the preceding two years, the institution would be undercapitalized following the distribution or the distribution would otherwise be contrary to a statute, regulation or agreement with the OTS. If an application is not required, the institution must still provide prior notice to the OTS of the capital distribution if, like the Bank, it is a subsidiary of a holding company. In the event the Banks capital fell below its regulatory requirements or the OTS notified it that it was in need of more than normal supervision, the Banks ability to make capital distributions could be restricted. In addition, the OTS could prohibit a proposed capital distribution by any institution, which would otherwise be permitted by the regulation, if the OTS determines that such distribution would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. If the OTS objects to the Banks notice to pay a dividend to the Company, the Company may not have the liquidity necessary to pay a dividend in the future, pay a dividend at the same rate as historically paid, be able to repurchase stock, or to meet current debt obligations. In addition, capital requirements made applicable to the Company as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act may limit the Companys ability to pay dividends or repurchase stock in the future.
Assessments. Savings institutions are required to pay assessments to the OTS to fund the agencys operations. The assessments, paid on a semi-annual basis, are based upon the institutions total assets, including consolidated subsidiaries as reported in the Banks latest quarterly thrift financial report, as well as the institutions regulatory rating and complexity component. The assessments paid by the Bank for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 totaled $399,000.
32
Table of Contents
Transactions with Related Parties. The Banks authority to engage in transactions with affiliates (e.g., any company that controls or is under common control with an institution, including the Company and its non-savings institution subsidiaries) is limited by Federal law. The aggregate amount of covered transactions with any individual affiliate is limited to 10% of the capital and surplus of the savings institution. The aggregate amount of covered transactions with all affiliates is limited to 20% of the savings institutions capital and surplus. Certain transactions with affiliates are required to be secured by collateral in an amount and of a type described in Federal law. The purchase of low quality assets from affiliates is generally prohibited. The transactions with affiliates must be on terms and under circumstances, that are at least as favorable to the institution as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with non-affiliated companies. In addition, savings institutions are prohibited from lending to any affiliate that is engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies and no savings institution may purchase the securities of any affiliate other than a subsidiary.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, generally prohibits loans by the Company to its executive officers and directors. However, the Act contains a specific exemption for loans from the Bank to its executive officers and directors in compliance with Federal banking laws. Under such laws, the Banks authority to extend credit to executive officers, directors and 10% shareholders (insiders), as well as entities such persons control, is limited. The law limits both the individual and aggregate amount of loans the Bank may make to insiders based, in part, on the Banks capital position and requires certain board approval procedures to be followed. Such loans must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment and are required to be made on terms substantially the same as those offered to unaffiliated individuals, except for loans made pursuant to a benefit or compensation program that is widely available to all employees of the institution and does not give preference to insiders over other employees. Loans to executive officers are subject to additional restrictions.
Enforcement. The OTS has primary enforcement responsibility over savings institutions and has the authority to bring actions against the institution and all institution-affiliated parties, including stockholders, and any attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on an insured institution. Formal enforcement action may range from the issuance of a capital directive or cease and desist order to removal of officers and/or directors to the institution of receivership, conservatorship or termination of deposit insurance. Civil penalties cover a wide range of violations and can amount to $25,000 per day, or even $1 million per day in especially egregious cases. The FDIC has the authority to recommend to the Director of the OTS that enforcement action be taken with respect to a particular savings institution. If action is not taken by the Director, the FDIC has authority to take such action under certain circumstances. Federal law also establishes criminal penalties for certain violations.
Standards for Safety and Soundness. The Federal banking agencies have adopted Interagency Guidelines prescribing Standards for Safety and Soundness. The guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the Federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If the OTS determines that a savings institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the OTS may require the institution to submit an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard.
Federal Home Loan Bank System
The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 12 regional FHLBs. Each FHLB provides member institutions with a central credit facility. The Bank, as a member of the FHLB-NY is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in that FHLB in an amount at least equal to 0.20% of mortgage related assets and 4.5% of the specified value of certain transactions with the FHLB. The Bank was in compliance with this requirement with an investment in FHLB-NY stock at December 31, 2010 of $16.9 million.
The FHLBs are required to provide funds for the previous resolution of insolvent thrifts and to contribute funds for affordable housing programs. These requirements could reduce the amount of dividends that the FHLBs pay to their members and could also result in the FHLB imposing a higher rate of interest on advances to their members. If dividends were reduced, or interest on future FHLB advances increased, the Banks net interest income would likely also be reduced.
33
Table of Contents
Federal Reserve System
The Federal Reserve Board regulations require depository institutions to maintain reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily interest-bearing checking and regular checking accounts). The regulations generally provide that reserves be maintained against aggregate transaction accounts as follows: a 3% reserve ratio is assessed on net transaction accounts up to and including $55.2 million; a 10% reserve ratio is applied above $55.2 million. The first $10.7 million of otherwise reservable balances (subject to adjustments by the Federal Reserve Board) are exempt from the reserve requirements. The amounts are adjusted annually. The Bank complies with the foregoing requirements. For 2011, the Federal Reserve Board has set the 3% reserve limit at $10.7 million and the exemption of $58.8 million.
FEDERAL AND STATE TAXATION
Federal Taxation
General. The Company and the Bank report their income on a calendar year basis using the accrual method of accounting, and are subject to Federal income taxation in the same manner as other corporations with some exceptions, including particularly the Banks reserve for bad debts discussed below. The following discussion of tax matters is intended only as a summary and does not purport to be a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to the Bank or the Company. The Bank has not been audited by the IRS in over 10 years. For its 2010 taxable year, the Bank is subject to a maximum Federal income tax rate of 35%.
Distributions. Under the 1996 Act, if the Bank makes non-dividend distributions to the Company, such distributions will be considered to have been made from the Banks unrecaptured tax bad debt reserves (including the balance of its reserves as of December 31, 1987) to the extent thereof, and then from the Banks supplemental reserve for losses on loans, to the extent thereof, and an amount based on the amount distributed (but not in excess of the amount of such reserves) will be included in the Banks income. Non-dividend distributions include distributions in excess of the Banks current and accumulated earnings and profits, as calculated for Federal income tax purposes, distributions in redemption of stock, and distributions in partial or complete liquidation. Dividends paid out of the Banks current or accumulated earnings and profits will not be so included in the Banks income.
The amount of additional taxable income triggered by a non-dividend distribution is an amount that, when reduced by the tax attributable to the income, is equal to the amount of the distribution. Thus, if the Bank makes a non-dividend distribution to the Company, approximately one and one-half times the amount of such distribution (but not in excess of the amount of such reserves) would be includable in income for Federal income tax purposes, assuming a 35% Federal corporate income tax rate. The Bank does not intend to pay dividends that would result in a recapture of any portion of its bad debt reserves.
Corporate Alternative Minimum Tax. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code) imposes a tax on alternative minimum taxable income (AMTI) at a rate of 20%. The excess of the bad debt reserve deduction using the percentage of taxable income method over the deduction that would have been allowable under the experience method is treated as a preference item for purposes of computing the AMTI. Only 90% of AMTI can be offset by net operating loss carryovers of which the Bank currently has none. AMTI is increased by an amount equal to 75% of the amount by which the Banks adjusted current earnings exceeds its AMTI (determined without regard to this preference and prior to reduction for net operating losses). The Bank does not expect to be subject to the AMTI.
Dividends Received Deduction and Other Matters. The Company may exclude from its income 100% of dividends received from the Bank as a member of the same affiliated group of corporations. The corporate dividends received deduction is generally 70% in the case of dividends received from unaffiliated corporations with which the Company and the Bank will not file a consolidated tax return, except that if the Company or the Bank own more than 20% of the stock of a corporation distributing a dividend then 80% of any dividends received may be deducted.
34
Table of Contents
State and Local Taxation
New Jersey Taxation. The Bank files New Jersey income tax returns. For New Jersey income tax purposes, the Bank is subject to a tax rate of 9% of taxable income. For this purpose, taxable income generally means Federal taxable income, subject to certain adjustments (including addition of interest income on State and municipal obligations).
The Company is required to file a New Jersey income tax return because it does business in New Jersey. For New Jersey tax purposes, regular corporations are presently taxed at a rate equal to 9% of taxable income. However, if the Company meets certain requirements, it may be eligible to elect to be taxed as a New Jersey Investment Company at a tax rate presently equal to 3.60% (40% of 9%) of taxable income.
OceanFirst REIT Holdings, Inc. files a New Jersey income tax return which includes income earned by OceanFirst REIT Holdings, Inc. and by OceanFirst Realty Corp. OceanFirst REIT Holdings, Inc. is expected to qualify as a New Jersey Investment Company and be taxed at a rate presently equal to 3.60% of taxable income.
New York Taxation. The Bank, through Columbia, is subject to New York State income tax. The tax is measured by entire net income which is Federal taxable income with adjustments.
Delaware Taxation. As a Delaware holding company not earning income in Delaware, the Company is exempted from Delaware corporate income tax but is required to file an annual report with and pay an annual franchise tax to the State of Delaware.
Item 1A. | Risk Factors |
The nationwide recession and difficult market conditions have adversely affected the industry. The Bank is exposed to general economic conditions and downturns in the U.S. housing market. Dramatic declines in the national housing market in recent years, with falling home prices and increasing foreclosures, unemployment and under-employment, have negatively impacted the credit performance of mortgage loans and resulted in significant write-downs of asset values by financial institutions, including government-sponsored entities, major commercial and investment banks, and regional and community financial institutions such as the Company. Reflecting concern about the stability of the financial markets generally and the strength of counterparties, many lenders and institutional investors have reduced or ceased providing funding to borrowers, including to other financial institutions. This market turmoil and tightening of credit have led to an increased level of commercial and consumer delinquencies, lack of consumer confidence, increased market volatility and widespread reduction of business activity generally. The continuing economic pressure on consumers and lack of confidence in the financial markets may adversely affect the Companys business, financial condition and results of operations. A worsening of these conditions would likely exacerbate the adverse effects of these difficult market conditions on the Company and others in the financial institutions industry. In particular, the Company may face the following risks in connection with these events:
| The Companys stock price could be negatively impacted by these events and could remain under pressure until a market recovery is under way. |
| Increased regulation of the industry. Compliance with such regulation may increase costs and limit the Companys ability to pursue business opportunities. |
| The process used to estimate losses inherent in the Companys credit exposure requires subjective and complex judgments, including forecasts of economic conditions and how these economic conditions might impair the ability of borrowers to repay their loans. A continued deterioration in economic conditions may adversely affect future earnings. |
| Increased levels of nonperforming loans and loan losses may negatively impact earnings. |
| The Company may be required to pay significantly higher FDIC deposit premiums because market developments have significantly depleted the insurance fund of the FDIC and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits. |
| A further deterioration in consumer confidence in financial institutions which could lead to declines in deposit totals and impact liquidity. |
35
Table of Contents
A continuation or worsening of current financial market or economic conditions could materially and adversely affect the Companys business, financial condition, results of operations, access to credit or the trading price of the Companys common stock.
A continued downturn in the local economy or in local real estate values could hurt profits. Most of the Banks loans are secured by real estate or are made to businesses in Ocean and Monmouth Counties, New Jersey and the surrounding area. As a result of this concentration, a downturn in the local economy could cause significant increases in nonperforming loans, which would hurt profits. Prior to 2007 there was a significant increase in real estate values in the Banks market area. Since that time, there has been a weakening in the local economy with rising unemployment coupled with declining real estate values and increases in non-performing mortgage loans, particularly residential loans. A further decline in real estate values could cause some residential and commercial mortgage loans to become inadequately collateralized, which would expose the Bank to a greater risk of loss.
Changes in interest rates could adversely affect results of operations and financial condition. The Banks ability to make a profit largely depends on net interest income, which could be negatively affected by changes in interest rates. The interest income earned on interest-earning assets and the interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities are generally fixed for a contractual period of time. Interest-bearing liabilities generally have shorter contractual maturities than interest-earning assets. This imbalance can create significant earnings volatility, because market interest rates change over time. In a period of rising interest rates, the interest income earned on interest-earning assets may not increase as rapidly as the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities.
In addition, changes in interest rates can affect the average life of loans and mortgage-backed securities. A reduction in interest rates causes increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-backed securities as borrowers refinance their debt to reduce their borrowing costs. This creates reinvestment risk, which is the risk that the Bank may not be able to reinvest the funds from faster prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates earned on the prepaid loans or securities. Conversely, an increase in interest rates generally reduces prepayments. Additionally, increases in interest rates may decrease loan demand and/or make it more difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable-rate loans.
Changes in interest rates also affect the current market value of the interest-earning securities portfolio. Generally, the value of securities moves inversely with changes in interest rates. Unrealized net losses on securities available for sale are reported as a separate component of equity. To the extent interest rates increase and the value of the available for sale portfolio decreases, stockholders equity will be adversely affected.
The Bank operates in a highly regulated environment and may be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations. The Bank is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the OTS, which is currently its primary federal regulator, and by the FDIC, as insurer of deposits. Such regulation and supervision governs the activities in which an institution and its holding company may engage, and are intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and depositors. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on operations, the classification of assets and determination of the level of the allowance for loan losses. The purpose of the laws and regulations that govern the Banks operations are designed for the protection of depositors and the public, but not the Companys stockholders.
In July of 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was enacted. The Dodd-Frank Act is a broad legislative initiative that will significantly change the current bank regulatory structure and affect the operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. For example, the Dodd-Frank Act provides that the OTS, which is currently the primary federal regulator for the Company and the Bank, will cease to exist in July of 2011. The OCC, which is currently the primary federal regulator for national banks, will become the primary federal regulator for federal thrifts such as the Bank. The FRB will supervise and regulate all savings and loan holding companies that were formerly regulated by the OTS, including the Company. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act creates the CFPB with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The CFPB has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit unfair, deceptive or abusive acts and practices. The Dodd-Frank Act also directs the FRB to issue rules to limit debit-card interchange fees, (the fees that issuing banks charge merchants each time a consumer uses a debit card) collected by Banks with assets of $10 billion or more. On December 16, 2010, the FRB issued a proposed rule which would cap debit-card interchange fees to no more than 12 cents per transaction compared to an industry average of 44 cents per transaction. The Banks average interchange fee per transaction is 36 cents. The Dodd-Frank Act exempts from the FRBs rule banks with assets less than $10 billion, such as the Bank. Although exempt from the rule, market forces may result in reduced fees charged by all issuers, regardless of asset size, which may result in reduced revenues for the Bank. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Banks revenues from interchange fees were $1.8 million. The FRB has until April 2011 to issue a final regulation, so the timing and ultimate extent of impact to the Company is unknown. Also, effective July 21, 2011 is a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act that eliminates the federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, thus allowing businesses to have interest-bearing checking accounts. It is difficult to predict at this time what specific impact the Dodd-Frank Act, the yet to be adopted implementing rules and regulations, the change in the Companys and the Banks regulators, or any other changes or law or regulation, will have on the Company and the Bank. However, it is expected that at a minimum they will increase the Companys operating and compliance costs and could also increase interest expense and decrease revenue.
36
Table of Contents
The recently publicized foreclosure issues affecting the nations largest mortgage loan servicers could impact the Banks foreclosure process. Several of the nations largest mortgage loan servicers have experienced highly publicized issues with respect to their foreclosure processes. As a result, some of these servicers have experienced moratoriums on their foreclosures and have been the subject of state attorney general scrutiny and consumer lawsuits. In light of these issues, the Bank has reviewed its foreclosure policies and procedures and has not found it necessary to interrupt any foreclosures. Over the past few years, foreclosure timelines have increased significantly due to, among other reasons, delays associated with the significant increase in the number of foreclosure cases as a result of the economic crisis, additional consumer protection initiatives related to the foreclosure process, increased documentary requirements and judicial scrutiny, and, voluntary and in some cases, mandatory programs intended to permit or require lenders to consider loan modifications or other alternatives to foreclosure. These foreclosure process issues and the potential legal and regulatory responses could impact the foreclosure process and timing to completion of foreclosures for residential mortgage lenders, including the Bank, which might result in a material adverse effect on collateral values and the Banks ability to minimize its losses.
Continued capital and credit market volatility may adversely affect the Companys ability to access capital and may have a material adverse effect on the Companys business, financial condition and results of operations. The capital and credit markets have been experiencing volatility and disruption in recent years. The markets have produced downward pressure on stock prices and credit availability for certain issuers without regard to those issuers underlying financial strength. If current levels of market disruption and volatility continue or worsen, there can be no assurance that the Company will not experience an adverse effect on its ability to access capital, which might result in a material adverse effect upon the Companys business, financial condition or results of operations.
Changes in the fair value of securities may reduce stockholders equity and net income. At December 31, 2010, the Company maintained a securities portfolio of $433.1 million all of which was classified as available for sale. The estimated fair value of the available for sale securities portfolio may increase or decrease depending on the credit quality of the underlying issuer, market liquidity, changes in interest rates and other factors. Stockholders equity is increased or decreased by the amount of the change in the unrealized gain or loss (difference between the estimated fair value and the amortized cost) of the available for sale securities portfolio, net of the related tax expense or benefit, under the category of accumulated other comprehensive income/loss. Therefore, a decline in the estimated fair value of this portfolio will result in a decline in reported stockholders equity, as well as book value per common share. The decrease will occur even though the securities are not sold.
The Company conducts a periodic review and evaluation of the securities portfolio to determine if the decline in the fair value of any security below its cost basis is other-than-temporary. Factors which are considered in the analysis include, but are not limited to, the severity and duration of the decline in fair value of the security, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, whether the decline appears to be related to issuer conditions or general market or industry conditions, the intent and ability to retain the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value and the likelihood of any near-term fair value recovery. If such decline is deemed to be other-than-temporary, the security is written down to a new cost basis and the resulting loss is charged to earnings as a component of non-interest income.
37
Table of Contents
At December 31, 2010, the securities available for sale portfolio included corporate debt securities issued by national and regional banks. The portfolio consisted of eleven $5.0 million issues spread among eight issuers. At December 31, 2010, the securities had a book value of $55.0 million and an estimated fair value of $39.9 million. The Company may be required to recognize an other-than-temporary impairment charge related to these securities if circumstances change.
Increased emphasis on commercial lending may expose the Bank to increased lending risks. At December 31, 2010, $511.8 million, or 30.4%, of the Banks total loans consisted of commercial real estate, multi-family and land loans, and commercial business loans. This portfolio has grown in recent years and the Bank intends to continue to emphasize these types of lending. These types of loans generally expose a lender to greater risk of non-payment and loss than one-to-four family residential mortgage loans because repayment of the loans often depends on the successful operation of the property and the income stream of the borrowers. Such loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers compared to one-to-four family residential mortgage loans. Also, many of the Banks commercial borrowers have more than one loan outstanding. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose the Bank to a significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a one-to-four family residential mortgage loan.
The Companys allowance for loan losses may be inadequate, which could hurt the Companys earnings. The Companys allowance for loan losses may prove to be inadequate to cover actual loan losses and if the Company is required to increase its allowance, current earnings may be reduced. When borrowers default and do not repay the loans that the Bank makes to them, the Company may lose money. The Companys experience shows that some borrowers either will not pay on time or will not pay at all, which will require the Company to cancel or charge-off the defaulted loan or loans. The Company provides for losses by reserving what it believes to be an adequate amount to absorb any probable incurred losses. A charge-off reduces the Companys reserve for possible loan losses. If the Companys reserves were insufficient, it would be required to record a larger reserve, which would reduce earnings for that period.
The Bank or Columbia may be required to repurchase mortgage loans for a breach of representations and warranties, which could harm the Companys earnings. The Bank and Columbia each entered into loan sale agreements with investors in the normal course of business. The loan sale agreements generally required the repurchase of certain loans previously sold in the event of a violation of various representations and warranties customary to the mortgage banking industry. Repurchase demands accelerated industry-wide in recent years. Additionally, FNMA, FHLMC and investors carefully examine loan documentation with the goal of increasing the amount of repurchases by the loan originator. The repurchased mortgage loans could typically only be resold at a significant discount to the unpaid principal balance. The Company maintains a reserve for repurchased loans, however, if repurchase activity is significant, the reserve may need to be increased to cover actual losses which could harm future earnings.
In September 2007, all loan origination activity at Columbia was discontinued. A portion of Columbias loan production consisted of subprime loans, which are loans made to individuals whose borrowing needs are generally not fulfilled by traditional loan products because they do not satisfy the credit documentation or other underwriting standards prescribed by conventional mortgage lenders and loan buyers. In March 2007, Columbia discontinued the origination of sub-prime loans. In the event a significant amount of subprime loans originated by Columbia are required to be repurchased, the Company may be required to hold such loans in portfolio for an extended period of time or to maturity, if such loans cannot be later resold. Subprime loans generally have a higher incidence of delinquency, foreclosure and bankruptcy, which may be substantially higher than that experienced by mortgage loans underwritten in a more traditional manner. Such risk associated with subprime loans may be increased during periods of economic slow-downs, increasing interest rates, and events that affect specifically the geographic areas in which the loans are made. Moreover, as many of the subprime loans made by Columbia have loan-to-value ratios of 100%, there would be little, if any, equity to fully recover the net carrying value of the loan in the event of default and foreclosure. In such event, the Company may be required to substantially increase its allowance for loan losses which would reduce earnings for that period. Settlement agreements on loans originated by Columbia have been entered into with some investors which may limit the obligation to repurchase mortgage loans for a breach of a representation or warranty.
38
Table of Contents
The Companys mortgage servicing rights may become impaired which could hurt profits. Mortgage servicing rights are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. Any impairment is recognized as a reduction to servicing fee income. In the event that loan prepayments increase due to increased loan refinancing, the fair value of mortgage servicing rights would likely decline.
The Companys inability to achieve profitability on new branches may negatively affect earnings. The Bank has expanded its presence within the market area through de novo branching and continually evaluates opportunities for new branches. The profitability of this expansion strategy will depend on whether the income from the new branches will offset the increased expenses resulting from operating these branches. It is expected to take a period of time before these branches or any branches to open can become profitable. During this period, the expense of operating these branches may negatively affect net income.
Competition from other banks and financial institutions in originating loans, attracting deposits and providing various financial services may adversely affect profitability and liquidity. The Company has substantial competition in originating loans, both commercial and consumer in its market area. This competition comes principally from other banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking companies and other lenders. Many of these competitors enjoy advantages, including greater financial resources and access to capital, stronger regulatory ratios and higher lending limits, a wider geographic presence, more accessible branch office locations, the ability to offer a wider array of services or more favorable pricing alternatives, as well as lower origination and operating costs. This competition could reduce the Companys net income by decreasing the number and size of loans that the Bank originates and the interest rates charged on these loans.
In attracting business and consumer deposits, the Company faces substantial competition from other insured depository institutions such as banks, savings institutions and credit unions, as well as institutions offering uninsured investment alternatives, including money market funds. Many of its competitors enjoy advantages, including greater financial resources and access to capital, stronger regulatory ratios, stronger asset quality and performance, more aggressive marketing campaigns, better branch recognition and more branch locations. These competitors may offer higher interest rates than the Company, which could decrease the deposits that the Company attracts or require the Company to increase its rates to retain existing deposits or attract new deposits. Increased deposit competition could materially adversely affect the Companys ability to generate the funds necessary for lending operations. As a result, the Company may need to seek other sources of funds that may be more expensive to obtain which could increase the cost of funds.
The Company must continue to attract and retain qualified personnel and maintain cost controls and asset quality. The Companys ability to manage growth successfully will depend on its ability to continue to attract and retain management experienced in banking and financial services and familiar with the communities in its market area. As the Company grows, the Company must be able to attract and retain qualified additional management and loan officers with the appropriate level of experience and knowledge about local market areas to implement the Companys operating strategy. The unexpected loss of service of any key management personnel, or the inability to recruit and retain qualified personnel in the future, could adversely affect the Company. If the Company grows too quickly and is not able to attract qualified personnel and maintain cost controls and asset quality, this continued growth could adversely affect the Company.
The Banks ability to originate mortgage loans for portfolio has been adversely affected by the increased competition resulting from the unprecedented involvement of the U.S. government and GSEs in the residential mortgage market. Over the past few years, the Bank has faced increased competition for mortgage loans due to the unprecedented involvement of the GSEs in the mortgage market as a result of the recent economic crisis, which has caused the interest rate for thirty-year fixed-rate mortgage loans that conform to GSE guidelines to remain artificially low. In addition, the U.S. Congress recently extended through September 2011 the expanded conforming loan limits in the Banks market, allowing larger balance loans to continue to be acquired by the GSEs. As a result, more loans in the Banks portfolio qualified under the expanded conforming loan limits and were refinanced into conforming fixed-rate mortgages which the Bank originates but does not retain for its portfolio. The Bank expects that one-to-four family mortgage loan repayments will remain at elevated levels and will continue to outpace the production of loans to be held for portfolio. As a result of these factors, it may be difficult for the Bank to grow the residential mortgage loan portfolio, which could have a materially adverse impact on the Banks earnings.
39
Table of Contents
On February 11, 2011, the Administration released its report on restructuring FNMA and FHLMC and on further reforming the mortgage and securitization markets. The report details the Administrations intent to wind down FNMA and FHLMC and shrink the governments current footprint in housing finance. Specifically, the proposal will increase GSE pricing, reduce conforming loan limits by allowing temporary higher limits to reset downward as of October 1, 2011, phase in a minimum 10% down payment requirement for borrowers, and shrink the GSEs investment portfolio at a rate of not less than 10% per year. It is unsure at this time whether the Administrations proposal, or any other proposed reform, affecting the GSEs will be enacted, and if so, the final form and impact on the Bank.
There is no guaranty that the Company will be able to continue to pay a dividend or, if continued, will be able to pay a dividend at the current rate. The Board of Directors of the Company determines at its discretion if, when and the amount of dividends that may be paid on the common stock. In making such determination, the Board of Directors take into account various factors including economic conditions, earnings, liquidity needs, the financial condition of the Company, applicable state law, regulatory requirements and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors. Although the Company has a history of paying a quarterly dividend on its common stock, there is no guaranty that such dividends will continue to be paid in the future, particularly in the event of changes in those factors which may affect the Board of Directors determination to pay a dividend.
Deposit insurance assessments may increase substantially, which may adversely affect profits. Federal law requires that the designated reserve ratio for the deposit insurance fund be established by the FDIC at 1.15% to 1.50% of estimated insured deposits. If this reserve ratio drops below 1.15% or the FDIC expects that it will do so within six months, the FDIC must, within 90 days, establish and implement a plan to restore the designated reserve ratio to 1.15% of estimated insured deposits within eight years (absent extraordinary circumstances).
Continued bank failures coupled with unsettled economic conditions have significantly reduced the deposit insurance funds reserve ratio. In 2009 the FDIC announced increased assessments and charged a 10 basis point emergency special assessment, which was collected on September 30, 2009. The Company recorded an expense of $869,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009 to reflect the special assessment. The interim rule would also permit the FDIC to impose an emergency special assessment after June 30, 2009, of up to 10 basis points if necessary to maintain public confidence in federal deposit insurance. These actions significantly increased the Companys non-interest expense in 2009.
In addition, in 2009 the FDIC, required insured institutions to prepay their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. The prepayment of assessments would ensure that the deposit insurance system remains directly funded by depository institutions and preserves the FDICs ability to borrow from the Treasury for emergency situations. The prepayment of $7.4 million was collected on December 30, 2009 and was recorded as a prepaid expense on the Companys statement of financial condition. The prepaid expense is periodically amortized into operating expense through 2012.
On February 7, 2011 the FDIC Board approved a final rule that changes the assessment base from domestic deposits to average assets minus average tangible equity, adopts a new large-bank pricing assessment scheme, and sets a target size for the Deposit Insurance Fund. The changes are effective beginning with the second quarter of 2011. The rule finalizes a target size for the Deposit Insurance Fund at 2 percent of insured deposits. It also implements a lower assessment rate schedule when the fund reaches 1.15 percent (so that the average rate over time should be about 8.5 basis points) and, in lieu of dividends, provides for a lower rate schedule when the reserve ratio reaches 2 percent and 2.5 percent. The rule lowers overall assessment rates in order to generate the same approximate amount of revenue under the new larger base as was raised under the old base. The assessment rates in total would be between 2.5 and 9 basis points on the broader base for banks in the lowest risk category, and 30 to 45 basis points for banks in the highest risk category. The revised assessment method will likely result in a reduction in the Companys non-interest expense in 2011. There can be no assurance, however, that the actions of the FDIC will restore the insurance fund balance to the required reserve ratio or that the FDIC will not be required to take further actions that may have a negative affect on the Companys earnings or financial condition.
40
Table of Contents
Item 1B. | Unresolved Staff Comments |
None
Item 2. | Properties |
The Bank conducts its business through its administrative office, which includes a branch office, and 22 other full service offices located in Ocean, Monmouth and Middlesex Counties, and through a loan production office and a trust and wealth management office.
Item 3. | Legal Proceedings |
The Company and the Bank are not involved in any pending legal proceedings other than routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business. Such other routine legal proceedings in the aggregate are believed by management to be immaterial to the Companys financial condition or results of operations.
Item 4. | Reserved |
PART II
Item 5. | Market for Registrants Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities |
Market Information for Common Stock
OceanFirst Financial Corp.s common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market under the symbol OCFC. The table below shows the reported high and low daily closing prices of the common stock during the periods indicated in 2010 and 2009.
2010
First Quarter |
Second Quarter |
Third Quarter |
Fourth Quarter |
|||||||||||||
High |
$ | 11.58 | $ | 13.39 | $ | 13.17 | $ | 13.35 | ||||||||
Low |
9.84 | 11.46 | 11.09 | 11.89 |
2009
First Quarter |
Second Quarter |
Third Quarter |
Fourth Quarter |
|||||||||||||
High |
$ | 16.92 | $ | 14.23 | $ | 13.83 | $ | 12.43 | ||||||||
Low |
7.29 | 10.55 | 10.98 | 9.40 |
As of December 31, 2010, the Company had approximately 3,000 shareholders, including the number of persons or entities holding stock in nominee or street name through various brokers and banks.
Stock Performance Graph
The following graph shows a comparison of total stockholder return on OceanFirst Financial Corp.s common stock, based on the market price of the Companys common stock with the cumulative total return of companies in the Nasdaq Market Index and the SNL Thrift Index for the period December 31, 2005 through December 31, 2010. The graph may not be indicative of possible future performance of the Companys common stock.
41
Table of Contents
12/31/05 | 12/31/06 | 12/31/07 | 12/31/08 | 12/31/09 | 12/31/10 | |||||||||||||||||||
OceanFirst Financial Corp. |
100.00 | 104.32 | 75.35 | 83.01 | 60.37 | 71.65 | ||||||||||||||||||
All Nasdaq US Stocks |
100.00 | 110.39 | 122.15 | 73.32 | 106.57 | 125.91 | ||||||||||||||||||
SNL Thrift Index |
100.00 | 116.57 | 69.93 | 44.50 | 41.50 | 43.37 |
Notes:
A. | The lines represent annual index levels derived from compounded daily returns that include all dividends. |
B. | The indexes are reweighted daily, using the market capitalization on the previous trading day. |
C. | If the annual interval, based on the fiscal year end, is not a trading day, the preceding trading day is used. |
D. | The index level for all series was set to $100 on 12/31/05. |
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company paid an annual cash dividend of $.48 and $.80 per share, respectively.
On July 16, 2006, the Company announced its intention to repurchase up to 615,883 shares or 5% of its outstanding common stock. Information regarding the Companys common stock repurchases for the three month period ended December 31, 2010 is as follows:
Period |
Total Number of Shares Purchased |
Average Price Paid per Share |
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs |
Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs |
||||||||
October 1, 2010 through October 31, 2010 |
-0- | | -0- | 489,062 | ||||||||
November 1, 2010 through November 30, 2010 |
-0- | | -0- | 489,062 | ||||||||
December 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010 |
-0- | | -0- | 489,062 |
42
Table of Contents
Item 6. | Selected Financial Data |
The selected consolidated financial and other data of the Company set forth below is derived in part from, and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and Notes thereto presented elsewhere in this Annual Report.
At December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Selected Financial Condition Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 2,251,330 | $ | 2,030,028 | $ | 1,857,946 | $ | 1,927,499 | $ | 2,077,002 | ||||||||||
Investment securities available for sale |
91,918 | 37,267 | 34,364 | 57,625 | 82,384 | |||||||||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock |
16,928 | 19,434 | 20,910 | 22,941 | 25,346 | |||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale |
341,175 | 213,622 | 40,801 | 54,137 | 68,369 | |||||||||||||||
Loans receivable, net |
1,660,788 | 1,629,284 | 1,648,378 | 1,675,919 | 1,701,425 | |||||||||||||||
Mortgage loans held for sale |
6,674 | 5,658 | 3,903 | 6,072 | 82,943 | |||||||||||||||
Deposits |
1,663,968 | 1,364,199 | 1,274,132 | 1,283,790 | 1,372,328 | |||||||||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
265,000 | 333,000 | 359,900 | 393,000 | 430,500 | |||||||||||||||
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other borrowings |
95,364 | 92,073 | 89,922 | 109,307 | 102,482 | |||||||||||||||
Stockholders equity |
201,251 | 183,536 | 119,783 | 124,306 | 132,320 | |||||||||||||||
For the Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands; except per share amounts) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Selected Operating Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Interest income |
$ | 101,367 | $ | 95,861 | $ | 103,405 | $ | 114,964 | $ | 116,562 | ||||||||||
Interest expense |
24,253 | 30,398 | 45,382 | 62,040 | 58,443 | |||||||||||||||
Net interest income |
77,114 | 65,463 | 58,023 | 52,924 | 58,119 | |||||||||||||||
Provision for loan losses |
8,000 | 5,700 | 1,775 | 700 | 150 | |||||||||||||||
Net interest income after provision for loan losses |
69,114 | 59,763 | 56,248 | 52,224 | 57,969 | |||||||||||||||
Other income |
15,312 | 15,589 | 12,823 | 2,531 | 13,608 | |||||||||||||||
Operating expenses |
53,647 | 50,544 | 47,447 | 53,820 | 52,381 | |||||||||||||||
Income before provision (benefit) for income taxes |
30,779 | 24,808 | 21,624 | 935 | 19,196 | |||||||||||||||
Provision (benefit) for income taxes |
10,401 | 9,155 | 6,860 | (140 | ) | 6,563 | ||||||||||||||
Net income |
20,378 | 15,653 | 14,764 | 1,075 | 12,633 | |||||||||||||||
Dividends on preferred stock and discount Accretion |
| 3,170 | | | | |||||||||||||||
Net income available to common stockholders |
$ | 20,378 | $ | 12,483 | $ | 14,764 | $ | 1,075 | $ | 12,633 | ||||||||||
Basic earnings per share |
$ | 1.12 | $ | .98 | $ | 1.27 | $ | .09 | $ | 1.09 | ||||||||||
Diluted earnings per share |
$ | 1.12 | $ | .98 | $ | 1.26 | $ | .09 | $ | 1.07 | ||||||||||
43
Table of Contents
At or For the Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | 2007 | 2006 | ||||||||||||||||
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data (1): |
||||||||||||||||||||
Performance Ratios: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Return on average assets |
.93 | % | .82 | % | .78 | % | .05 | % | .62 | % | ||||||||||
Return on average stockholders equity |
10.62 | 9.35 | 11.98 | .86 | 9.40 | |||||||||||||||
Stockholders equity to total assets |
8.94 | 9.04 | 6.45 | 6.45 | 6.37 | |||||||||||||||
Tangible equity to tangible assets |
8.94 | 9.04 | 6.45 | 6.45 | 6.32 | |||||||||||||||
Average interest rate spread (2) |
3.56 | 3.42 | 3.00 | 2.50 | 2.69 | |||||||||||||||
Net interest margin (3) |
3.69 | 3.63 | 3.24 | 2.79 | 2.98 | |||||||||||||||
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities |
111.99 | 112.36 | 109.47 | 108.96 | 109.53 | |||||||||||||||
Operating expenses to average assets |
2.44 | 2.66 | 2.52 | 2.70 | 2.56 | |||||||||||||||
Efficiency ratio (4) |
58.04 | 62.36 | 66.97 | 97.05 | 73.03 | |||||||||||||||
Asset Quality Ratios: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Non-performing loans as a percent of total loans receivable (5)(6) |
2.23 | 1.72 | .97 | .52 | .25 | |||||||||||||||
Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets (6) |
1.77 | 1.52 | .92 | .48 | .23 | |||||||||||||||
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans receivable (5) |
1.17 | .89 | .70 | .62 | .57 | |||||||||||||||
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total non-performing loans (6) |
52.48 | 51.99 | 72.71 | 119.76 | 226.25 | |||||||||||||||
Per Share Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Cash dividends per common share |
$ | .48 | $ | .80 | $ | .80 | $ | .80 | $ | .80 | ||||||||||
Stockholders equity per common share at end of period |
10.69 | 9.75 | 9.69 | 10.07 | 10.79 | |||||||||||||||
Tangible stockholders equity per common share at end of period |
10.69 | 9.75 | 9.69 | 10.07 | 10.70 | |||||||||||||||
Number of full-service customer facilities: |
23 | 23 | 23 | 20 | 21 |
(1) | With the exception of end of year ratios, all ratios are based on average daily balances. |
(2) | The average interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities. |
(3) | The net interest margin represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. |
(4) | Efficiency ratio represents the ratio of operating expenses to the aggregate of other income and net interest income. |
(5) | Total loans receivable includes loans receivable and loans held for sale. |
(6) | Non-performing assets consist of non-performing loans and real estate acquired through foreclosure. Non-performing loans consist of all loans 90 days or more past due and other loans in the process of foreclosure. It is the Companys policy to cease accruing interest on all such loans. |
44
Table of Contents
Item 7. | Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
Overview
OceanFirst Financial Corp. has been the holding company for OceanFirst Bank since it acquired the stock of the Bank upon the Banks conversion from a Federally-chartered mutual savings bank to a Federally-chartered capital stock savings bank in 1996 (the Conversion).
The Company conducts business, primarily through its ownership of the Bank which operates its administrative/branch office located in Toms River and twenty-two other branch offices. Eighteen of the offices are located in Ocean County, New Jersey, with four branches in Monmouth County and one in Middlesex County. The Bank also operates one loan production office in Kenilworth, New Jersey and a trust and wealth management office in Manchester, New Jersey.
The Companys results of operations are dependent primarily on net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income earned on the Companys interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and the interest expense on its interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. The Company also generates non-interest income such as income from loan sales, reverse mortgage loan originations, loan servicing, merchant check card services, deposit account services, the sale of alternative investments, trust and asset management services and other fees. The Companys operating expenses primarily consist of compensation and employee benefits, occupancy and equipment, federal deposit insurance, data processing, marketing, and other general and administrative expenses. The Companys results of operations are also significantly affected by general economic and competitive conditions, particularly changes in market interest rates, government policies and actions of regulatory agencies.
Strategy
The Company operates as a consumer-oriented bank, with a strong focus on its local community. The Bank is the oldest and largest community-based financial institution headquartered in Ocean County, New Jersey. The Bank competes with generally larger and out-of-market financial service providers through its local focus and the delivery of superior service.
The Companys strategy has been to consistently grow profitability while limiting credit and interest rate risk exposure. To accomplish these objectives, the Bank has sought to (1) grow commercial loans receivable through the offering of commercial lending services to local businesses; (2) grow core deposits (defined as all deposits other than time deposits) through de novo branch expansion and product offerings appealing to a broadened customer base; and (3) increase non-interest income by expanding the menu of fee-based products and services.
With industry consolidation eliminating most locally-headquartered competitors, the Company saw an opportunity to fill a perceived void for locally-delivered commercial loan and deposit services. As such, the Bank assembled an experienced team of business banking professionals responsible for offering commercial loan and deposit services and merchant check card services to local businesses. As a result of this initiative, commercial loans represented 30.4% of the Banks total loans at December 31, 2010 as compared to 20.2% at December 31, 2005 and only 3.6% at December 31, 1997. Commercial loan growth in 2010 was $44.7 million, or 9.6%, as the Bank successfully competed for high quality credits from larger, out-of-market competitors. The diversification of the Banks loan products entails a higher degree of credit risk than is involved in one-to-four family residential mortgage lending activity. As a consequence, management continues to employ a well-defined credit policy focusing on quality underwriting and close management and Board monitoring.
The Bank seeks to increase core deposit market share in its primary market area by expanding the branch network and improving market penetration. Over the past fifteen years through December 31, 2010, the Bank has opened fifteen branch offices, eleven in Ocean County and four in Monmouth County. The Bank is continually evaluating additional office sites within its existing market area.
At December 31, 2010, the fifteen most recently opened branches maintained an average core deposit ratio of 86.0%. Core account development has also benefited from Bank efforts to attract business deposits in conjunction with its commercial lending operations and from an expanded mix of retail core account products. Additionally, marketing and incentive plans have focused on core account growth. As a result of these efforts the Banks core deposit ratio has grown to 82.9% at December 31, 2010 as compared to 64.1% at December 31, 2005 and only 33.0% at December 31, 1997. Core deposits are generally considered a less expensive and more stable funding source than certificates of deposit.
45
Table of Contents
Management continues to diversify the Banks product line in order to enhance non-interest income. The Bank offers alternative investment products (annuities, mutual funds and life insurance) for sale through its retail branch network. The products are non-proprietary, sold through a third party vendor, and provide the Bank with fee income opportunities. In early 2005, the alternative investment program was expanded to add Licensed Bank Employees which allows the Bank to capture more of the revenue associated with the sale of investment products. The Bank introduced trust and asset management services in early 2000 and has also expanded the non-interest income received from small business relationships including merchant services. As a result of these initiatives, income from fees and service charges has increased to $11.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to $9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 and only $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1997. During 2003, the Bank began offering reverse mortgage loans. The Bank was previously approved by FNMA and another institutional investor as a seller/servicer of reverse mortgage loans. In late 2010, the Bank began selling all reverse mortgage loan production to an institutional investor with servicing released. The gain on sale from selling reverse mortgages is included in the net gain on sales of loans and securities available for sale.
Summary
Throughout 2009, and continuing into 2010, short-term interest rates remained low and the interest rate yield curve was unusually steep. The interest rate environment has generally had a positive impact on the Companys results of operations and net interest margin. Interest-earning assets, both loans and securities, are generally priced against longer-term indices, while interest-bearing liabilities, primarily deposits and borrowings, are generally priced against shorter-term indices. In the fourth quarter of 2010, however, the Companys net interest margin contracted as compared to the prior linked quarter-end and the same prior year period. The decrease was due to the investment of strong deposit flows into interest-earning deposits and investment securities at modest net interest spread. Additionally, high loan refinance volume caused yields on loans and mortgage-backed securities to reset downward. The overall economy remains weak with continued high unemployment coupled with concern surrounding the housing market. These economic conditions have had an adverse impact on the Companys results of operations as non-performing loans and the provision for loan losses have increased.
Highlights of the Companys operating results were as follows:
Total assets increased to $2,251.3 million at December 31, 2010, an increase of 10.9% from $2,030.0 million at December 31, 2009. Loans receivable, net increased by $31.5 million, or 1.9%, to $1,660.8 million at December 31, 2010, from $1,629.3 million at December 31, 2009, primarily due to increased commercial and commercial real estate lending. Investment and mortgage-backed securities increased by $182.2 million to $433.1 million at December 31, 2010, from $250.9 million at December 31, 2009.
The increase in assets was funded by increased deposits, which grew by 22.0% to $1,664.0 million at December 31, 2010, from $1,364.2 million at December 31, 2009. Core deposits, defined as all deposits excluding time deposits, grew $326.8 million, exceeding total deposit growth of $299.8 million. Growing core deposits remains one of the Companys primary goals. Also, as a result of the increase in deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank advances were repaid and decreased to $265.0 million at December 31, 2010, from $333.0 million at December 31, 2009.
Net income available to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $20.4 million or $1.12 per diluted share, as compared to net income available to common stockholders of $12.5 million, or $0.98 per diluted share, for the corresponding prior year period. For the year ended December 31, 2010, diluted earnings per share reflects the higher number of average diluted shares outstanding from the issuance of additional common shares in November 2009. For the year ended December 31, 2010, diluted earnings per share includes $922,000, or $.05 per share, relating to a reduction in the state deferred tax valuation allowance.
46
Table of Contents
Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased to $77.1 million, as compared to $65.5 million in the same prior year period, reflecting greater interest-earning assets and a higher net interest margin. The net interest margin increased to 3.69% for the year ended December 31, 2010, from 3.63% in the same prior year period partly due to the low interest rate environment.
The provision for loan losses increased to $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $5.7 million for the corresponding prior year period. The provision for loan losses compares favorably with net loan charge-offs of $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The Companys non-performing loans totaled $37.5 million at December 31, 2010, an increase from $28.3 million at December 31, 2009, with the largest increase of $7.4 million attributable to one-to-four family mortgage loans. The overall increase is reflective of the economic environment and extended foreclosure timelines.
The Company remains well-capitalized with a tangible common equity ratio of 8.94%.
Return on average stockholders equity was 10.62% for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to 9.35% for the corresponding prior year.
Critical Accounting Policies
Note 1 to the Companys Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2010 contains a summary of significant accounting policies. Various elements of these accounting policies, by their nature, are inherently subject to estimation techniques, valuation assumptions and other subjective assessments. Certain assets are carried in the consolidated statements of financial condition at fair value or the lower of cost or fair value. Policies with respect to the methodologies used to determine the allowance for loan losses, the reserve for repurchased loans, the valuation of Mortgage Servicing Rights and judgments regarding securities impairment are the most critical accounting policies because they are important to the presentation of the Companys financial condition and results of operations, involve a higher degree of complexity and require management to make difficult and subjective judgments which often require assumptions or estimates about highly uncertain matters. The use of different judgments, assumptions and estimates could result in material differences in the results of operations or financial condition. These critical accounting policies and their application are reviewed periodically and, at least annually, with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.
Allowance for Loan Losses
The allowance for loan losses is a valuation account that reflects probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio based on managements evaluation of the risks inherent in the Banks loan portfolio and the general economy. The Bank maintains the allowance for loan losses through provisions for loan losses that are charged to income. Charge-offs against the allowance for loan losses are taken on loans where management determines that the collection of loan principal is unlikely. Recoveries made on loans that have been charged-off are credited to the allowance for loan losses when payment is received. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at an amount management considers sufficient to provide for probable losses based on evaluating known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio resulting from managements continuing analysis of the factors underlying the quality of the loan portfolio. These factors include changes in the size and composition of the loan portfolio, actual loan loss experience, current economic conditions, detailed analysis of individual loans for which full collectibility may not be assured, and the determination of the existence and realizable value of the collateral and guarantees securing the loan.
The Banks allowance for loan losses consists of a specific allowance and a general allowance, each updated on a quarterly basis. A specific allowance is determined for all loans which meet the definition of an impaired loan where the value of the underlying collateral can reasonably be evaluated; generally those loans secured by real estate. The Bank obtains an updated appraisal for all impaired loans secured by real estate. The specific allowance represents the difference between the Banks recorded investment in the loan and the fair value of the collateral, less estimated disposal costs. A general allowance is determined for all other classified and non-classified loans. In determining the level of the general allowance, the Bank segments the loan portfolio into various loan segments and classes. The loan portfolio is further segmented by delinquency status and risk rating. An estimated loss factor is then applied to each risk tranche. If a loan secured by real estate becomes 90 days delinquent, the Bank obtains an updated appraisal which is subsequently updated annually. For these loans, the estimated loss represents the difference between the Banks recorded investment in the loan and the fair value of the collateral, less estimated selling costs. For loans which are not 90 days delinquent and secured by real estate, the loss factors are determined based upon historical loan loss experience, current economic conditions, regulatory environment, local competition, lending personnel, loan policies and underwriting standards, loan review system, delinquency trends, loss trends, nature and volume of the loan portfolio and concentrations of credit.
47
Table of Contents
An overwhelming percentage of the Banks loan portfolio totaling 95.4%, whether one-to-four family, consumer or commercial, is secured by real estate. Additionally, most of the Banks borrowers are located in Ocean and Monmouth Counties, New Jersey and the surrounding area. These concentrations may adversely affect the Banks loan loss experience should real estate values decline or should the markets served experience an adverse economic downturn.
Management believes the primary risk characteristics for each portfolio segment are a continued decline in the economy generally, including sustained unemployment, a decline in real estate market values and possible increases in interest rates. Any one or a combination of these events may adversely affect the borrowers ability to repay the loans, resulting in increased delinquencies, loan losses and future levels of provisions. Accordingly, the Bank has provided for loan losses at the current level to address the current risk in the loan portfolio.
Although management believes that the Bank has established and maintained the allowance for loan losses at adequate levels, additions may be necessary if future economic and other conditions differ substantially from the current operating environment. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as part of their examination process, periodically review the Banks allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to make additional provisions for loan losses based upon information available to them at the time of their examination. Although management uses what it believes to be the best information available, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary due to economic, operating, regulatory and other conditions beyond the Banks control.
Reserve for Repurchased Loans
The reserve for repurchased loans relates to potential losses on loans sold which may have to be repurchased due to an early payment default, or a violation of representations and warranties. Provisions for losses are charged to gain on sale of loans and credited to the reserve, which is part of other liabilities while actual losses are charged to the reserve. In order to estimate an appropriate reserve for repurchased loans, the Bank considers recent and historical experience, product type and volume of recent whole loan sales and the general economic environment. Management believes that the Bank has established and maintained the reserve for repurchased loans at adequate levels, however, future adjustments to the reserve may be necessary due to economic, operating or other conditions beyond the Banks control.
Valuation of Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSR)
The estimated origination and servicing costs of mortgage loans sold in which servicing rights are retained is allocated between the loans and the servicing rights based on their estimated fair values at the time of the loan sale. Servicing assets are carried at the lower of cost or fair value and are amortized in proportion to, and over the period of, net servicing income. The estimated fair value of MSR is determined through a discounted analysis of future cash flows, incorporating numerous assumptions including servicing income, servicing costs, market discount rates, prepayment speeds and default rates. Impairment of the MSR is assessed on the fair value of those rights with any impairment recognized as a component of loan servicing fee income.
The fair value of MSR is sensitive to changes in assumptions. Fluctuations in prepayment speed assumptions have the most significant impact on the fair value of MSR. In the event that loan prepayment activities increase due to increased loan refinancing, the fair value of MSR would likely decline. In the event that loan prepayment activities decrease due to a decline in loan refinancing, the fair value of MSR would likely increase. Additionally, due to the economic downturn, default rates and servicing costs may increase in future periods which would result in a decline in the fair value of MSR. Any measurement of MSR is limited by the existing conditions and assumptions utilized at a particular point in time, and would not necessarily be appropriate if applied at a different point in time.
48
Table of Contents
Impairment of Securities
On a quarterly basis the Company evaluates whether any securities are other-than-temporarily impaired. In making this determination, the Company considers the extent and duration of the impairment, the nature and financial health of the issuer, the ability and intent to hold the securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value and other factors relevant to specific securities, such as the credit risk of the issuer and whether a guarantee or insurance applies to the security. If a security is determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired, the impairment is charged to income during the period the impairment is found to exist, resulting in a reduction to earnings for that period.
As of December 31, 2010, the Company concluded that any unrealized losses in the securities available for sale portfolios were temporary in nature because they were primarily related to market interest rates, market illiquidity and wider credit spreads for these types of securities. Additionally, the Company does not intend to sell the securities and it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the securities before recovery of their amortized cost. Future events that would materially change this conclusion and require an impairment loss to be charged to operations include a change in the credit quality of the issuers or a determination that a market recovery in the foreseeable future is unlikely.
Analysis of Net Interest Income
Net interest income represents the difference between income on interest-earning assets and expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income also depends upon the relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the interest rate earned or paid on them.
The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company for each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. The yields and costs are derived by dividing income or expense by the average balance of assets or liabilities, respectively, for the periods shown except where noted otherwise. Average balances are derived from average daily balances. The yields and costs include fees which are considered adjustments to yields.
49
Table of Contents
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average | Average | Average | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | Average Balance |
Interest | Yield/ Cost |
Average Balance |
Interest | Yield/ Cost |
Average Balance |
Interest | Yield/ Cost |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-earning assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-earning deposits and short-term investments |
$ | 11,252 | $ | 28 | .25 | % | $ | | $ | | | % | $ | 10,496 | $ | 191 | 1.82 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Investment securities (1) |
65,595 | 628 | .96 | 55,859 | 888 | 1.59 | 60,952 | 2,948 | 4.84 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FHLB-NY stock |
20,838 | 1,028 | 4.93 | 16,435 | 866 | 5.27 | 20,156 | 1,396 | 6.93 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities (1) |
336,286 | 11,503 | 3.42 | 91,660 | 3,512 | 3.83 | 46,970 | 2,210 | 4.71 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans receivable, net (2) |
1,653,367 | 88,180 | 5.33 | 1,639,992 | 90,595 | 5.52 | 1,653,413 | 96,660 | 5.85 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest-earning assets |
2,087,338 | 101,367 | 4.86 | 1,803,946 | 95,861 | 5.31 | 1,791,987 | 103,405 | 5.77 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-interest-earning assets |
113,689 | 94,397 | 93,055 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
$ | 2,201,027 | $ | 1,898,343 | $ | 1,885,042 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities and Equity: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Money market deposit accounts |
$ | 104,833 | 597 | .57 | % | $ | 91,695 | 678 | .74 | % | $ | 84,605 | 1,091 | 1.29 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Savings accounts |
241,762 | 1,732 | .72 | 223,230 | 1,975 | .88 | 200,761 | 2,014 | 1.00 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing checking accounts |
761,854 | 6,418 | .84 | 588,923 | 7,056 | 1.20 | 500,540 | 9,688 | 1.94 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Time deposits |
298,534 | 5,593 | 1.87 | 341,999 | 8,323 | 2.43 | 408,870 | 13,963 | 3.42 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
1,406,983 | 14,340 | 1.02 | 1,245,847 | 18,032 | 1.45 | 1,194,776 | 26,756 | 2.24 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
FHLB advances |
358,352 | 8,629 | 2.41 | 263,896 | 10,849 | 4.11 | 344,302 | 15,974 | 4.64 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase |
70,983 | 434 | .61 | 68,272 | 589 | .86 | 69,664 | 1,209 | 1.74 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other borrowings |
27,500 | 850 | 3.09 | 27,500 | 928 | 3.37 | 28,238 | 1,443 | 5.11 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest-bearing liabilities |
1,863,818 | 24,253 | 1.30 | 1,605,515 | 30,398 | 1.89 | 1,636,980 | 45,382 | 2.77 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-interest-bearing deposits |
127,535 | 110,740 | 107,976 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-interest-bearing liabilities |
17,764 | 14,691 | 16,876 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
2,009,117 | 1,730,946 | 1,761,832 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stockholders equity |
191,910 | 167,397 | 123,210 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities and equity |
$ | 2,201,027 | $ | 1,898,343 | $ | 1,885,042 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income |
$ | 77,114 | $ | 65,463 | $ | 58,023 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest rate spread (3) |
3.56 | % | 3.42 | % | 3.00 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest margin (4) |
3.69 | % | 3.63 | % | 3.24 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities |
111.99 | % | 112.36 | % | 109.47 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(1) | Amounts are recorded at average amortized cost. |
(2) | Amount is net of deferred loan fees, undisbursed loan funds, discounts and premiums and estimated loan loss allowances and includes loans held for sale and non-performing loans. |
(3) | Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on interest-earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities. |
(4) | Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets. |
Rate Volume Analysis
The following table presents the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities have affected the Companys interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information is provided in each category with respect to: (i) changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate); (ii) changes attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume); and (iii) the net change. The changes attributable to the combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to the changes due to volume and the changes due to rate.
50
Table of Contents
Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009 |
Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Increase (Decrease) Due to |
Increase (Decrease) Due to |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | Volume | Rate | Net | Volume | Rate | Net | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest-earning assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-earning deposits and short-term investments |
$ | 28 | $ | | $ | 28 | $ | (95 | ) | $ | (96 | ) | $ | (191 | ) | |||||||||
Investment securities |
136 | (396 | ) | (260 | ) | (228 | ) | (1,832 | ) | (2,060 | ) | |||||||||||||
FHLB-NY stock |
221 | (59 | ) | 162 | (231 | ) | (299 | ) | (530 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities |
8,405 | (414 | ) | 7,991 | 1,779 | (477 | ) | 1,302 | ||||||||||||||||
Loans receivable, net |
731 | (3,146 | ) | (2,415 | ) | (763 | ) | (5,302 | ) | (6,065 | ) | |||||||||||||
Total interest-earning assets |
9,521 | (4,015 | ) | 5,506 | 462 | (8,006 | ) | (7,544 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Money market deposit accounts |
89 | (170 | ) | (81 | ) | 85 | (498 | ) | (413 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Savings accounts |
148 | (391 | ) | (243 | ) | 214 | (253 | ) | (39 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing checking accounts |
1,782 | (2,420 | ) | (638 | ) | 1,511 | (4,143 | ) | (2,632 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Time deposits |
(970 | ) | (1,760 | ) | (2,730 | ) | (2,036 | ) | (3,604 | ) | (5,640 | ) | ||||||||||||
Total |
1,049 | (4,741 | ) | (3,692 | ) | (226 | ) | (8,498 | ) | (8,724 | ) | |||||||||||||
FHLB advances |
3,133 | (5,353 | ) | (2,220 | ) | (3,442 | ) | (1,683 | ) | (5,125 | ) | |||||||||||||
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase |
22 | (177 | ) | (155 | ) | (24 | ) | (596 | ) | (620 | ) | |||||||||||||
Other borrowings |
| (78 | ) | (78 | ) | (37 | ) | (478 | ) | (515 | ) | |||||||||||||
Total interest-bearing liabilities |
4,204 | (10,349 | ) | (6,145 | ) | (3,729 | ) | (11,255 | ) | (14,984 | ) | |||||||||||||
Net change in net interest income |
$ | 5,317 | $ | 6,334 | $ | 11,651 | $ | 4,191 | $ | 3,249 | $ | 7,440 | ||||||||||||
Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009
Total assets at December 31, 2010 were $2.251 billion, an increase of $221.3 million or 10.9%, compared to $2.030 billion at December 31, 2009.
Investment securities available for sale increased by 146.6%, to $91.9 million at December 31, 2010, as compared to $37.3 million at December 31, 2009, due to purchases of government agency and municipal securities, as the Company invested part of the funds received from strong deposit flows. Mortgage-backed securities available for sale increased by 59.7%, to $341.2 million at December 31, 2010, as compared to $213.6 million at December 31, 2009, primarily due to purchases of $193.0 million in mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations issued by U.S. government sponsored enterprises.
Loans receivable, net increased by $31.5 million, or 1.9%, to $1.661 billion at December 31, 2010, as compared to a balance of $1.629 billion at December 31, 2009. The growth was concentrated in commercial real estate and commercial loans, which together increased a total of $44.7 million, or 9.6%.
The increase in assets was funded by increased deposits which grew $300.0 million, or 22.0%, to $1.664 billion at December 31, 2010, from $1.364 billion at December 31, 2009. Core deposits, defined as all deposits excluding time deposits, increased $326.8 million partly offset by a $27.0 million decrease in time deposits as the Bank continued to moderate its pricing for this product. Also, as a result of the increase in deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank advances decreased by $68.0 million to $265.0 million at December 31, 2010, as compared to $333.0 million at December 31, 2009.
51
Table of Contents
Stockholders equity at December 31, 2010 increased by 9.7%, to $201.3 million, as compared to $183.5 million at December 31, 2009 primarily due to net income and a reduction in accumulated other comprehensive loss partly offset by the cash dividend on common stock.
Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009
General
Net income available to common stockholders increased to $20.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $12.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase of 63.2%. Diluted earnings per share increased to $1.12 for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $.98 for the same prior year period. Diluted earnings per share reflects the higher number of average diluted shares outstanding from the issuance of an additional 6,389,400 common shares in November 2009. Additionally, diluted earnings per share includes $922,000, or $0.05 per share, relating to a reduction in the state deferred tax valuation allowance.
Interest Income
Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $101.4 million, as compared to $95.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 reflecting greater interest-earning assets. Average interest-earning assets increased $283.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to the same prior year period. The increase was primarily in average mortgage-backed securities which rose $244.6 million.
Interest Expense
Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $24.3 million, as compared to $30.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased to 1.30% for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to 1.89%, for the prior year due to the lower interest rate environment. Average interest-bearing liabilities increased by $258.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to the prior year. The increase was primarily in average core deposits which increased $204.6 million and average FHLB advances which increased $94.5 million partly offset by a decrease in average time deposits of $43.5 million. The increase in average core deposits and average borrowings were primarily used to fund the increase in average mortgage-backed securities.
Net Interest Income
Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased to $77.1 million, as compared to $65.5 million in the prior year reflecting a higher net interest margin and higher levels of interest-earning assets. The net interest margin increased to 3.69% for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 3.63% in the prior year.
Provision for Loan Losses
For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Companys provision for loan losses was $8.0 million, as compared to $5.7 million for the prior year primarily due to the increase in non-performing loans, continued economic stress and higher loan balances. Non-performing loans increased $9.2 million, or 32.5%, to $37.5 million at December 31, 2010, from $28.3 million at December 31, 2009, primarily due to increased delinquencies in residential mortgages caused by continued high unemployment and the difficult economic environment. Net charge-offs increased to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $2.6 million for the same prior year period. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2010 include $1.2 million relating to loans originated by Columbia, the Companys mortgage banking subsidiary which was shuttered in 2007.
52
Table of Contents
Other Income
Other income was $15.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $15.6 million for the prior year. Loan servicing income (loss) increased to income of $292,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 from a loss of $18,000 for the prior year due to an impairment to the loan servicing asset of $263,000 recognized in the first quarter of 2009. Fees and service charges increased to $11.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $10.5 million for the prior year. The increase was due to higher fees from merchant services, commercial checking accounts and trust services partly offset by a reduction in private mortgage insurance fee income of $146,000 related to several rescission claims. The net gain on sales of loans decreased to $3.7 million as compared to $3.9 million for the prior year due to a decline in the volume of loans sold partly offset by a higher gain on sale margin. The net loss from other real estate operations was $701,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to a loss of $2,000 in the prior year due to current period write-downs in the value of properties previously acquired. Other income decreased $372,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to the prior year due to the prior year recovery of $367,000 on borrower escrow funds at Columbia.
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses increased 6.1%, to $53.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $50.5 million for the prior year primarily a result of increased compensation and general and administrative expense partially offset by decreases in occupancy, federal deposit insurance and merger related expenses. Compensation and employee benefits costs increased due to higher incentive compensation, salary and stock plan expense. The increase was also due to the reduction in mortgage loan closings from prior year levels. Fewer loan closings in the current year decreased deferred loan expense which results in an increase to compensation expense. Occupancy expense decreased by $490,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to the prior year due to a $556,000 charge in the second quarter of 2009 relating to the termination of all remaining lease obligations of Columbia. Federal deposit insurance expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased by $394,000 from the prior year primarily due to a special assessment of $869,000 in 2009, partly offset by additional insurance resulting from higher deposit balances. Merger related expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 totaled $1.3 million, which related to the Companys announced, but subsequently terminated, merger with Central Jersey Bancorp. General and administrative expense increased for the year ended December 31, 2010, over the prior year partly due to higher loan related expenses. Although loan closings have decreased from prior year levels, the marginal cost to originate each loan in the current regulatory and economic environment has increased and the Company has also incurred increased costs relating to loan applications which may not result in a closed loan.
Provision for Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes was $10.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to $9.2 million for the prior year. The effective tax rate decreased to 33.8% for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to 36.9% in the prior year. The decrease in the effective tax rate was due to a reduction in the state deferred tax valuation allowance of $922,000.
Dividends on Preferred Stock and Discount Accretion
Dividends on preferred stock and discount accretion totaled $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to no amount in the current year period. The preferred stock was redeemed on December 30, 2009 and the related warrant was repurchased on February 3, 2010. The warrant repurchase had no effect on net income available to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2010.
Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008
General
Net income available to common stockholders decreased to $12.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to $14.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Diluted earnings per share decreased to $.98 for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to $1.26 for the same prior year period partly due to the issuance of an additional 6,389,400 common shares in November 2009. Additionally, diluted earnings per share was adversely affected by a $1.1 million non-cash charge relating to the accelerated recognition of unaccreted discount upon redemption of the preferred stock.
53
Table of Contents
Interest Income
Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $95.9 million, as compared to $103.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The yield on interest-earning assets decreased to 5.31% for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to 5.77% for the same prior year period due to the lower interest rate environment. Average interest-earning assets increased $12.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to the same prior year period. The increase was in average mortgage-backed securities which rose $44.7 million due to investment of the preferred stock proceeds from the Treasurys Capital Purchase Program in January 2009 and the common stock offering in November 2009.
Interest Expense
Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $30.4 million, as compared to $45.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased to 1.89% for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to 2.77%, in the same prior year period due to the lower interest rate environment. Average interest-bearing liabilities decreased by $31.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to the same prior year period. Average borrowed funds decreased $82.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to the same prior year period due to an increase in average deposits as a funding source.
Net Interest Income
Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased to $65.5 million, as compared to $58.0 million in the same prior year period reflecting a higher net interest margin and higher levels of interest-earning assets. The net interest margin increased to 3.63% for the year ended December 31, 2009 from 3.24% in the same prior year period. The steep interest rate yield curve caused the decrease in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities to outpace the decrease in the yield on interest-earning assets.
Provision for Loan Losses
For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Companys provision for loan losses was $5.7 million, as compared to $1.8 million for the same prior year period. Non-performing loans increased to $28.3 million at December 31, 2009 from $16.0 million at December 31, 2008. Net charge-offs increased to $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to $578,000 for the same prior year period. Net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2009 include $949,000 relating to loans originated by Columbia. Additionally, $797,000 relates to a charge-off of a single commercial real estate loan for which the real estate collateral was devalued based on limited use of property. Loans receivable, net decreased $19.1 million at December 31, 2009, as compared to December 31, 2008. The increase in the provision for loan losses was primarily due to the increase in non-performing loans and the increase in net charge-offs.
Other Income
Other income was $15.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to $12.8 million for the same prior year period. Loan servicing income (loss) decreased to a loss of $18,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009 from income of $385,000 for the corresponding prior year period due to an impairment to the loan servicing asset of $263,000 and increased amortization of the loan servicing asset due to higher levels of prepayments. The net gain on the sale of loans and securities available for sale was $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to a net gain of $799,000 in the same prior year period. The net gain for the year ended December 31, 2008 includes a $902,000 net loss on investment securities transactions. For the year ended December 31, 2009 the net gain on the sale of loans includes a reversal of the provision for repurchased loans of $245,000, as compared to a reversal of $248,000 for the corresponding prior year period. Fees and service charges decreased $332,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to the same prior year period primarily due to a decrease in trust revenue.
Income from Bank Owned Life Insurance (BOLI) increased by $130,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to the same prior year period. The results for the year ended December 31, 2008 were adversely affected by a $568,000 impairment to certain investment securities held by the BOLIs underlying investment fund. Excluding the impairment, income from Bank Owned Life Insurance decreased from the prior year due to a decline in the crediting rate in the lower interest rate environment. Other income for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased over the same prior year period due to the recovery of $367,000 in borrower escrow funds for Columbia.
54
Table of Contents
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses were $50.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to $47.4 million in the same prior year period. Federal deposit insurance increased to $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to $1.1 million in the same prior year period due to an increase in the assessment rate for FDIC deposit insurance effective January 1, 2009 and a special assessment of $869,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009. Occupancy expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 was adversely affected by a charge of $556,000 relating to all remaining lease obligations of Columbia. In light of the economic downturn and weak real estate market, the Company no longer expected to be able to sublet the vacant office space. Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 includes $1.3 million of costs related to the Companys previously announced, but since terminated, merger with Central Jersey Bancorp. Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 also include costs relating to the opening of two new branches in the latter part of 2008.
Provision for Income Taxes
Income tax provision was $9.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to a provision of $6.9 million for the same prior year period. The effective tax rate increased to 36.9% for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to 31.7% in the same prior year period primarily due to an increase in state tax expense. Additionally, the provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2008 benefited from $524,000 in state tax refunds relating to OceanFirst Realty Corp. for the years 2002 through 2006.
Dividends on Preferred Stock and Discount Accretion
Dividends on preferred stock and discount accretion totaled $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to no amount in the corresponding prior year period. The amount for the year ended December 31, 2009 includes $1.1 million relating to the accelerated recognition of unaccreted discount upon redemption of the Companys outstanding preferred stock.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
The Companys primary sources of funds are deposits, principal and interest payments on loans and mortgage-backed securities, proceeds from the sales of loans, FHLB advances and other borrowings and, to a lesser extent, investment maturities. While scheduled amortization of loans is a predictable source of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. The Company has other sources of liquidity if a need for additional funds arises, including advances from the FHLB.
At December 31, 2010, the Bank had no outstanding overnight borrowings from the FHLB as compared to $87.0 million in overnight borrowings at December 31, 2009. The Bank utilizes overnight borrowings from time-to-time to fund short-term liquidity needs. FHLB advances, including overnight borrowings, totaled $265.0 million at December 31, 2010, a decrease from $333.0 million at December 31, 2009. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase with retail customers increased to $67.9 million at December 31, 2010 from $64.6 million at December 31, 2009. Like deposit flows, this funding source is dependent upon demand from the Banks customer base.
For the year ended December 31, 2010, the cash needs of the Company were primarily satisfied by principal payments on loans and mortgage-backed securities, proceeds from the sale of mortgage loans held for sale and increased deposits. The cash was principally utilized for loan originations, the purchase of investment and mortgage-backed securities and the repayment of borrowings. The Companys cash needs for the year ended December 31, 2009 were primarily satisfied by principal payments on loans and mortgage-backed securities, proceeds from the sale of mortgage loans held for sale, increased deposits and proceeds from the issuance of common stock. The cash was principally utilized for loan originations, the purchase of mortgage-backed securities and to reduce FHLB borrowings.
55
Table of Contents
In the normal course of business, the Bank routinely enters into various commitments, primarily relating to the origination and sale of loans. At December 31, 2010, outstanding commitments to originate loans totaled $62.2 million; outstanding unused lines of credit totaled $205.5 million; and outstanding commitments to sell loans totaled $41.3 million. The Bank expects to have sufficient funds available to meet current commitments in the normal course of business.
Time deposits scheduled to mature in one year or less totaled $173.5 million at December 31, 2010. Based upon historical experience, management estimates that a significant portion of such deposits will remain with the Bank.
Cash dividends on common stock declared and paid during the year ended December 31, 2010 were $8.8 million, as compared to $9.4 million for the same prior year period. On January 19, 2011, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of twelve cents ($0.12) per common share. The dividend was payable on February 11, 2011 to common stockholders of record at the close of business on January 31, 2011.
The primary source of liquidity specifically available to the Company are capital distributions from the banking subsidiary and the issuance of preferred and common stock and long-term debt. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company received no dividend payment from the Bank. The Companys ability to continue to pay dividends will be partly dependent upon capital distributions from the Bank which may be adversely affected by capital restraints imposed by the Banks primary regulator. Pursuant to current OTS regulations, a notice is required to be filed with the OTS prior to the Bank paying a dividend to the Company. The OTS has the regulatory authority to require the Bank to maintain tier one core and total risk-based capital ratios that are higher than those required to be well-capitalized, which may restrict the Banks ability to pay dividends to the Company. If the Company requires dividends from the Bank to meet its liquidity needs, it will file the required notice with the OTS; however, the Company cannot predict whether the OTS will approve the Banks request to pay a dividend to the Company. The OTS may object to a proposed dividend, notwithstanding the Banks compliance with its capital requirements, if the dividend raises safety and soundness concerns or if the dividend would violate a prohibition contained in any statute, regulation or agreement between the Bank and the OTS or a condition imposed on the Bank by the OTS. If the OTS objects to the Banks request to pay a dividend to the Company, the Company may not have the liquidity necessary to pay a dividend in the future or pay a dividend at the same rate as historically paid, or be able to meet current debt obligations. At December 31, 2010, OceanFirst Financial Corp. held $20.9 million in cash and $316,000 in investment securities available for sale.
At December 31, 2010, the Bank exceeded all of its regulatory capital requirements with tangible capital of $206.2 million, or 9.1%, of the Banks total adjusted assets, which is above the required level of $33.9 million or 1.5%; core capital of $206.2 million or 9.1% of the Banks total adjusted assets, which is above the required level of $90.3 million, or 4.0%; and risk-based capital of $219.4 million, or 15.3% of the Banks risk-weighted assets, which is above the required level of $114.9 million or 8.0%. The Bank is considered a well-capitalized institution under the Office of Thrift Supervisions prompt corrective action regulations.
At December 31, 2010, the Company maintained tangible common equity of $201.3 million for a tangible common equity to assets ratio of 8.94%.
Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations
In the normal course of operations, the Bank engages in a variety of financial transactions that, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, are not recorded in the financial statements, or are recorded in amounts that differ from the notional amounts. These transactions involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate, and liquidity risk. Such transactions are used for general corporate purposes or for customer needs. Corporate purpose transactions are used to help manage credit, interest rate, and liquidity risk or to optimize capital. Customer transactions are used to manage customers requests for funding. These financial instruments and commitments include unused consumer lines of credit and commitments to extend credit and are discussed in Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Bank also has outstanding commitments to sell loans amounting to $41.3 million.
The Bank and Columbia have each entered into loan sale agreements with investors in the normal course of business. The loan sale agreements generally require the Bank or Columbia to repurchase loans previously sold in the event of an early payment default or a violation of various representations and warranties customary to the mortgage banking industry. In the opinion of management, the potential exposure related to the loan sale agreements is adequately provided for in the reserve for repurchased loans included in other liabilities. At December 31, 2010 and 2009 the reserve for repurchased loans amounted to $809,000 and $819,000, respectively.
56
Table of Contents
The following table shows the contractual obligations of the Bank by expected payment period as of December 31, 2010 (in thousands). Further discussion of these commitments is included in Notes 10 and 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Contractual Obligation |
Total | Less than one year |
1-3 years | 3-5 years | More than 5 years |
|||||||||||||||
Long-Term Debt Obligations |
$ | 292,500 | $ | 54,000 | $ | 107,000 | $ | 109,000 | $ | 22,500 | ||||||||||
Operating Lease Obligations |
20,262 | 1,562 | 2,736 | 2,491 | 13,473 | |||||||||||||||
Purchase Obligations |
4,352 | 3,035 | 1,317 | | |
Long-term debt obligations include borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank and other borrowings and have defined terms.
Operating leases represent obligations entered into by the Bank for the use of land and premises. The leases generally have escalation terms based upon certain defined indexes.
Purchase obligations represent legally binding and enforceable agreements to purchase goods and services from third parties and consist primarily of contractual obligations under data processing servicing agreements. Actual amounts expended vary based on transaction volumes, number of users and other factors.
Impact of New Accounting Pronouncements
Accounting Standards Certification (ASC) 810, Consolidation, replaces the quantitative-based risks and rewards calculation for determining which enterprise, if any, has a controlling financial interest in a variable-interest entity with an approach focused on identifying which enterprise has the power to direct the activities of a variable-interest entity that most significantly effect the entitys economic performance and (i) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or (ii) the right to receive benefits from the entity. The pronouncement was effective January 1, 2010 and did not have a significant effect on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing, improves the information a reporting entity provides in its financial statements about a transfer of financial assets, including the effect of a transfer on an entitys financial position, financial performance and cash flows and the transferors continuing involvement in the transferred assets. ASC 860 eliminates the concept of a qualifying, special-purpose entity and changes the guidance for evaluation for consolidation. This pronouncement was effective January 1, 2010 and did not have a significant effect on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-06 under ASC 820 requires new disclosures and clarifies certain existing disclosure requirements about fair value measurements. Specifically, the update requires an entity to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and describe the reasons for such transfers. A reporting entity is required to present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the reconciliation for fair value measurements using Level 3 inputs. In addition, the update clarifies the following requirements of the existing disclosure: (i) for the purposes of reporting fair value measurement for each class of assets and liabilities, a reporting entity needs to use judgment in determining the appropriate classes of assets; and (ii) a reporting entity is required to include disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and non-recurring fair value measurements. The amendments are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the separate disclosures of purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The new guidance did not have a significant impact on the Companys consolidated financial statements other than additional disclosures.
57
Table of Contents
Accounting Standards Update 2010-20, amends ASC 310 (Receivables) to require significant new disclosures about the credit quality of financial receivables/loans and the allowance for credit losses. The objective of the new disclosures is to improve financial statement users understanding of (1) the nature of an entitys credit risk associated with its financing receivables, and (2) the entitys assessment of that risk in estimating its allowance for credit losses, as well as changes in the allowance and the reasons for those changes. The disclosures are to be presented at the level of disaggregation that management uses when assessing and monitoring the portfolios risk and performance (either by portfolio segment or by class of financing receivables). The required disclosures include, among other things, a rollforward of the allowance for credit losses by portfolio segment, as well as information about credit quality indicators and modified, impaired, non-accrual and past due loans. The disclosures related to period-end information (e.g., credit-quality information and the ending financing receivables balance segregated by impairment method) is required in all interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010 and is included in the Companys December 31, 2010 consolidated financial statements. Disclosures of activity that occurs during a reporting period (e.g., loan modifications and the rollforward of the allowance for credit losses by portfolio segment) will be required in interim or annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010 (January 1, 2011 for the Company).
Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices
The consolidated financial statements and notes thereto presented herein have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollar amounts without considering the changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of the Companys operations. Unlike industrial companies, nearly all of the assets and liabilities of the Company are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a greater impact on the Companys performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the price of goods and services.
Item 7A. | Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk |
Management of Interest Rate Risk (IRR)
Market risk is the risk of loss from adverse changes in market prices and rates. The Companys market risk arises primarily from IRR inherent in its lending, investment and deposit-taking activities. The Companys profitability is affected by fluctuations in interest rates. A sudden and substantial change in interest rates may adversely impact the Companys earnings to the extent that the interest rates borne by assets and liabilities do not change at the same speed, to the same extent or on the same basis. To that end, management actively monitors and manages IRR.
The principal objectives of the Companys IRR management function are to evaluate the IRR inherent in certain balance sheet accounts; determine the level of risk appropriate given the Companys business focus, operating environment, capital and liquidity requirements and performance objectives; and manage the risk consistent with Board approved guidelines. Through such management, the Company seeks to reduce the exposure of its operations to changes in interest rates. The Company monitors its IRR as such risk relates to its operating strategies. The Banks Board has established an Asset Liability Committee (ALCO) consisting of members of the Banks management, responsible for reviewing the asset liability policies and IRR position. ALCO meets monthly and reports trends and the Companys IRR position to the Board on a quarterly basis. The extent of the movement of interest rates, higher or lower, is an uncertainty that could have an impact on the earnings of the Company.
The Bank utilizes the following strategies to manage IRR: (1) emphasizing the origination for portfolio of fixed-rate mortgage loans generally having terms to maturity of not more than fifteen years, adjustable-rate loans, floating-rate and balloon maturity commercial loans, and consumer loans consisting primarily of home equity loans and lines of credit; (2) attempting to reduce the overall interest rate sensitivity of liabilities by emphasizing core and longer-term deposits; and (3) managing the maturities of wholesale borrowings. The Bank may also sell fixed-rate mortgage loans into the secondary market. In determining whether to retain fixed-rate mortgages or to purchase fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities, management considers the Banks overall IRR position, the volume of such loans originated or the amount of MBS to be purchased, the loan or MBS yield and the types and amount of funding sources. The Bank periodically retains fixed-rate mortgage loan production or purchases fixed-rate MBS in order to improve yields and increase balance sheet leverage. During periods when fixed-rate mortgage loan production is retained, the Bank generally attempts to extend the maturity on part of its wholesale borrowings. For the past few years, the Bank has sold most 30 year fixed-rate mortgage loan originations in the secondary market. The Company currently does not participate in financial futures contracts, interest rate swaps or other activities involving the use of off-balance-sheet derivative financial instruments, but may do so in the future to manage IRR.
58
Table of Contents
The matching of assets and liabilities may be analyzed by examining the extent to which such assets and liabilities are interest rate sensitive and by monitoring an institutions interest rate sensitivity gap. An asset or liability is said to be interest rate sensitive within a specific time period if it will mature or reprice within that time period. The interest rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference between the amount of interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a specific time period and the amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within that time period. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities. A gap is considered negative when the amount of interest rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest rate sensitive assets. Accordingly, during a period of rising interest rates, an institution with a negative gap position theoretically would not be in as favorable a position, compared to an institution with a positive gap, to invest in higher-yielding assets. This may result in the yield on the institutions assets increasing at a slower rate than the increase in its cost of interest-bearing liabilities. Conversely, during a period of falling interest rates, an institution with a negative gap might experience a repricing of its assets at a slower rate than its interest-bearing liabilities, which, consequently, may result in its net interest income growing at a faster rate than an institution with a positive gap position.
The Companys interest rate sensitivity is monitored through the use of an IRR model. The following table sets forth the amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities outstanding at December 31, 2010, which were anticipated by the Company, based upon certain assumptions, to reprice or mature in each of the future time periods shown. At December 31, 2010, the Companys one-year gap was positive .25% as compared to positive .04% at December 31, 2009. Except as stated below, the amount of assets and liabilities which reprice or mature during a particular period were determined in accordance with the earlier of term to repricing or the contractual maturity of the asset or liability. The table is intended to provide an approximation of the projected repricing of assets and liabilities at December 31, 2010, on the basis of contractual maturities, anticipated prepayments, and scheduled rate adjustments within a three month period and subsequent selected time intervals. Loans receivable reflect principal balances expected to be redeployed and/or repriced as a result of contractual amortization and anticipated prepayments of adjustable-rate loans and fixed-rate loans, and as a result of contractual rate adjustments on adjustable-rate loans. Loans were projected to prepay at rates between 3.0% and 25.0% annually. Mortgage-backed securities were projected to prepay at rates between 7.0% and 18.0% annually. Savings accounts, interest-bearing checking accounts and money market deposit accounts were assumed to decay, or run-off, at 1.5% per month. Prepayment and decay rates can have a significant impact on the Companys estimated gap.
There can be no assurance that projected prepayment rates for loans and mortgage-backed securities will be achieved or that projected decay rates for deposits will be realized.
59
Table of Contents
At December 31, 2010 |
3 Months or Less |
More than 3 Months to 1 Year |
More than 1 Year to 3 Years |
More than 3 Years to 5 Years |
More than 5 Years |
Total | ||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-earning assets (1): |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-earning deposits and short-term investments |
$ | 13,514 | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 13,514 | ||||||||||||
Investment securities |
55,000 | 514 | 51,322 | | 370 | 107,206 | ||||||||||||||||||
FHLB stock |
| | | | 16,928 | 16,928 | ||||||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities |
46,110 | 52,280 | 111,048 | 79,433 | 46,415 | 335,286 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans receivable (2) |
280,297 | 452,729 | 536,169 | 214,681 | 198,424 | 1,682,300 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total interest-earning assets |
394,921 | 505,523 | 698,539 | 294,114 | 262,137 | 2,155,234 | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Money market deposit accounts |
4,928 | 14,785 | 39,426 | 49,282 | | 108,421 | ||||||||||||||||||
Savings accounts |
10,139 | 31,011 | 81,112 | 101,388 | | 223,650 | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing checking accounts |
448,979 | 67,313 | 179,502 | 224,530 | | 920,324 | ||||||||||||||||||
Time deposits |
63,029 | 110,510 | 59,541 | 23,459 | 28,605 | 285,144 | ||||||||||||||||||
FHLB advances |
31,000 | 23,000 | 107,000 | 104,000 | | 265,000 | ||||||||||||||||||
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other borrowings |
90,364 | | | | 5,000 | 95,364 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total interest-bearing liabilities |
648,439 | 246,619 | 466,581 | 502,659 | 33,605 | 1,897,903 | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest sensitivity gap (3) |
$ | (253,518 | ) | $ | 258,904 | $ | 231,958 | $ | (208,545 | ) | $ | 228,532 | $ | 257,331 | ||||||||||
Cumulative interest sensitivity gap |
$ | (253,518 | ) | $ | 5,386 | $ | 237,344 | $ | 28,799 | $ | 257,331 | $ | 257,331 | |||||||||||
Cumulative interest sensitivity gap as a percent of total interest-earning assets |
(11.76 | )% | .25 | % | 11.01 | % | 1.34 | % | 11.94 | % | 11.94 | % | ||||||||||||
(1) | Interest-earning assets are included in the period in which the balances are expected to be redeployed and/or repriced as a result of anticipated prepayments, scheduled rate adjustments and contractual maturities. |
(2) | For purposes of the gap analysis, loans receivable includes loans held for sale and non-performing loans gross of the allowance for loan losses, unamortized discounts and deferred loan fees. |
(3) | Interest sensitivity gap represents the difference between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. |
Certain shortcomings are inherent in gap analysis. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market interest rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as adjustable-rate loans, have features which restrict changes in interest rates both on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Further, in the event of a change in interest rates, prepayment and decay rates would likely deviate significantly from those assumed in the calculation. Finally, the ability of many borrowers to service their adjustable-rate loans may be impaired in the event of an interest rate increase.
Another method of analyzing an institutions exposure to IRR is by measuring the change in the institutions net portfolio value (NPV) and net interest income under various interest rate scenarios. NPV is the difference between the net present value of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts. The NPV ratio, in any interest rate scenario, is defined as the NPV in that scenario divided by the market value of assets in the same scenario. The Companys interest rate sensitivity is monitored by management through the use of an IRR model which measures IRR by modeling the change in NPV and net interest income over a range of interest rate scenarios. The OTS also produces an NPV only analysis using its own model, based upon data submitted on the Banks quarterly Thrift Financial Reports. The results produced by the OTS may vary from the results produced by the Companys model, primarily due to differences in the assumptions utilized including estimated loan prepayment rates, reinvestment rates and deposit decay rates. The following table sets forth the Companys NPV and net interest income projections as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, as calculated by the Company (in thousands). For purposes of this table, the Company used prepayment speeds and deposit decay rates similar to those used in calculating the Companys gap.
60
Table of Contents
At December 31, 2010, the Companys NPV in a static rate environment is relatively unchanged from the NPV at December 31, 2009. The increase in the percentage change in NPV in the +200 basis point rate shock is a result of an increase in 15 year fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities and fixed-rate investment securities. The changes in net portfolio value and net interest income are within the limitations established by management and approved by the Board of Directors.
December 31, 2010 | December 31, 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Change in Interest Rates in Basis Points |
Net Portfolio Value | Net Interest Income |
Change in Interest Rates in Basis Points |
Net Portfolio Value | Net Interest Income |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Rate Shock) |
Amount | % Change |
NPV Ratio |
Amount | % Change |
(Rate Shock) |
Amount | % Change |
NPV Ratio |
Amount | % Change |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
200 |
$ | 181,252 | (17.4 | )% | 8.4 | % | $ | 74,887 | (5.8 | )% | 200 | $ | 192,771 | (12.6 | )% | 9.9 | % | $ | 68,804 | (7.0 | )% | |||||||||||||||||||||
100 |
204,940 | (6.6 | ) | 9.3 | 77,519 | (2.5 | ) | 100 | 209,887 | (4.8 | ) | 10.6 | 71,779 | (3.0 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Static |
219,409 | | 9.7 | 79,495 | | Static | 220,452 | | 10.9 | 74,004 | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(100) |
226,798 | 3.4 | 9.9 | 76,397 | (3.9 | ) | (100) | 216,497 | (1.8 | ) | 10.5 | 70,661 | (4.5 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(200) |
244,147 | 11.3 | 10.6 | 72,483 | (8.8 | ) | (200) | 206,585 | (6.3 | ) | 10.1 | 65,067 | (12.1 | ) |
As is the case with the gap calculation, certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodology used in the NPV and net interest income IRR measurements. The model requires the making of certain assumptions which may tend to oversimplify the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. First, the model assumes that the composition of the Companys interest sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured. Second, the model assumes that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve regardless of the duration to maturity or repricing of specific assets and liabilities. Third, the model does not take into account the Companys business or strategic plans. Accordingly, although the above measurements do provide an indication of the Companys IRR exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on the Companys NPV and net interest income and can be expected to differ from actual results.
61
Table of Contents
Item 8. | Financial Statements and Supplementary Data |
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
OceanFirst Financial Corp.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of OceanFirst Financial Corp. and subsidiary (the Company) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of OceanFirst Financial Corp. and subsidiary as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Companys internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 15, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ KPMG LLP |
Short Hills, New Jersey |
March 15, 2011 |
62
Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
OceanFirst Financial Corp.:
We have audited OceanFirst Financial Corp.s and subsidiary (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Companys management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Companys internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, OceanFirst Financial Corp. and subsidiary maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial condition of OceanFirst Financial Corp. and subsidiary as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2010, and our report dated March 15, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
/s/ KPMG LLP |
Short Hills, New Jersey |
March 15, 2011 |
63
Table of Contents
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
December 31, 2010 |
December 31, 2009 |
|||||||
Assets |
||||||||
Cash and due from banks |
$ | 31,455 | $ | 23,016 | ||||
Investment securities available for sale (encumbered $31,163 in 2010 and $306 in 2009) (notes 3, 10, 11 and 15) |
91,918 | 37,267 | ||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock, at cost (note 10) |
16,928 | 19,434 | ||||||
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale (encumbered $279,841 in 2010 and $82,382 in 2009) (notes 4, 10, 11 and 15) |
341,175 | 213,622 | ||||||
Loans receivable, net (notes 5, 10 and 14) |
1,660,788 | 1,629,284 | ||||||
Mortgage loans held for sale |
6,674 | 5,658 | ||||||
Interest and dividends receivable (note 7) |
6,446 | 6,059 | ||||||
Real estate owned, net |
2,295 | 2,613 | ||||||
Premises and equipment, net (note 8) |
22,488 | 22,088 | ||||||
Servicing asset (note 6) |
5,653 | 6,515 | ||||||
Bank Owned Life Insurance |
40,815 | 39,970 | ||||||
Other assets (note 11) |
24,695 | 24,502 | ||||||
Total assets |
$ | 2,251,330 | $ | 2,030,028 | ||||
Liabilities and Stockholders Equity |
||||||||
Deposits (note 9) |
$ | 1,663,968 | $ | 1,364,199 | ||||
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase with retail customers (note 10) |
67,864 | 64,573 | ||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank advances (note 10) |
265,000 | 333,000 | ||||||
Other borrowings (note 10) |
27,500 | 27,500 | ||||||
Due to brokers |
| 40,684 | ||||||
Advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance |
6,947 | 7,453 | ||||||
Other liabilities (note 14) |
18,800 | 9,083 | ||||||
Total liabilities |
2,050,079 | 1,846,492 | ||||||
Commitments and contingencies (note 14) |
||||||||
Stockholders equity: (notes 2, 11, 12, 13 and 18) |
||||||||
Preferred stock, $.01 par value, $1,000 liquidation preference, 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued |
| | ||||||
Common stock, $.01 par value, 55,000,000 shares authorized, 33,566,772 shares issued and 18,822,556 and 18,821,956 shares outstanding at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively |
336 | 336 | ||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
260,739 | 260,130 | ||||||
Retained earnings |
174,677 | 163,063 | ||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
(5,560 | ) | (10,753 | ) | ||||
Less: Unallocated common stock held by Employee Stock Ownership Plan |
(4,484 | ) | (4,776 | ) | ||||
Treasury stock, 14,744,216 and 14,744,816 shares at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively |
(224,457 | ) | (224,464 | ) | ||||
Common stock acquired by Deferred Compensation Plan |
946 | 986 | ||||||
Deferred Compensation Plan Liability |
(946 | ) | (986 | ) | ||||
Total stockholders equity |
201,251 | 183,536 | ||||||
Total liabilities and stockholders equity |
$ | 2,251,330 | $ | 2,030,028 | ||||
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
64
Table of Contents
Consolidated Statements of Income
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
Interest income: |
||||||||||||
Loans |
$ | 88,180 | $ | 90,595 | $ | 96,660 | ||||||
Mortgage-backed securities |
11,503 | 3,512 | 2,210 | |||||||||
Investment securities and other |
1,684 | 1,754 | 4,535 | |||||||||
Total interest income |
101,367 | 95,861 | 103,405 | |||||||||
Interest expense: |
||||||||||||
Deposits (note 9) |
14,340 | 18,032 | 26,756 | |||||||||
Borrowed funds (note 10) |
9,913 | 12,366 | 18,626 | |||||||||
Total interest expense |
24,253 | 30,398 | 45,382 | |||||||||
Net interest income |
77,114 | 65,463 | 58,023 | |||||||||
Provision for loan losses (note 5) |
8,000 | 5,700 | 1,775 | |||||||||
Net interest income after provision for loan losses |
69,114 | 59,763 | 56,248 | |||||||||
Other income: |
||||||||||||
Loan servicing income (loss) (note 6) |
292 | (18 | ) | 385 | ||||||||
Fees and service charges |
11,214 | 10,506 | 10,838 | |||||||||
Net gain on sales of loans available for sale (note 14) |
3,657 | 3,895 | 1,701 | |||||||||
Net loss on sales of securities available for sale (note 3) |
| (4 | ) | (902 | ) | |||||||
Income from Bank Owned Life Insurance |
845 | 835 | 705 | |||||||||
Net (loss) gain from other real estate operations |
(701 | ) | (2 | ) | 72 | |||||||
Other |
5 | 377 | 24 | |||||||||
Total other income |
15,312 | 15,589 | 12,823 | |||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||
Compensation and employee benefits (notes 1 and 12) |
28,148 | 24,014 | 24,270 | |||||||||
Occupancy (note 14) |
5,501 | 5,991 | 5,487 | |||||||||
Equipment |
2,196 | 2,141 | 1,981 | |||||||||
Marketing |
1,745 | 1,767 | 1,833 | |||||||||
Federal deposit insurance |
2,705 | 3,099 | 1,104 | |||||||||
Data processing |
3,426 | 3,388 | 3,176 | |||||||||
Legal |
1,066 | 1,464 | 2,114 | |||||||||
Check card processing |
1,250 | 1,079 | 1,058 | |||||||||
Accounting and audit |
624 | 689 | 921 | |||||||||
Merger related expenses |
| 1,285 | | |||||||||
General and administrative |
6,986 | 5,627 | 5,503 | |||||||||
Total operating expenses |
53,647 | 50,544 | 47,447 | |||||||||
Income before provision for income taxes |
30,779 | 24,808 | 21,624 | |||||||||
Provision for income taxes (note 11) |
10,401 | 9,155 | 6,860 | |||||||||
Net income |
20,378 | 15,653 | 14,764 | |||||||||
Dividends on preferred stock and discount accretion (note 18) |
| 3,170 | | |||||||||
Net income available to common stockholders |
$ | 20,378 | $ | 12,483 | $ | 14,764 | ||||||
Basic earnings per share |
$ | 1.12 | $ | .98 | $ | 1.27 | ||||||
Diluted earnings per share |
$ | 1.12 | $ | .98 | $ | 1.26 | ||||||
Average basic shares outstanding (note 1) |
18,142 | 12,737 | 11,667 | |||||||||
Average diluted shares outstanding (note 1) |
18,191 | 12,784 | 11,758 | |||||||||
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
65
Table of Contents
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders Equity
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Years Ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008
Preferred Stock |
Common Stock |
Additional Paid-In Capital |
Retained Earnings |
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss |
Employee Stock Ownership Plan |
Treasury Stock |
Common Stock Acquired by Deferred Compensation Plan |
Deferred Compensation Plan Liability |
Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2007 |
$ | | $ | 272 | $ | 203,532 | $ | 154,929 | $ | (3,211 | ) | $ | (5,360 | ) | $ | (225,856 | ) | $ | 1,307 | $ | (1,307 | ) | $ | 124,306 | ||||||||||||||||
Comprehensive income: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
| | | 14,764 | | | | | | 14,764 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unrealized holding loss on securities (net of tax benefit $7,232) |
| | | | (11,810 | ) | | | | | (11,810 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reclassification adjustment for losses included in net income (net of tax benefit $343) |
| | | | 559 | | | | | 559 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income |
3,513 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock awards |
| | 581 | | | | | | | 581 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Treasury stock allocated to restricted stock plan |
| | (172 | ) | (24 | ) | | | 196 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tax benefit of stock plans |
| | 51 | | | | | | | 51 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Allocation of ESOP stock |
| | | | | 291 | | | | 291 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ESOP adjustment |
| | 306 | | | | | | | 306 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash dividend - $0.80 per share |
| | | (9,366 | ) | | | | | | (9,366 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exercise of stock options |
| | | (36 | ) | | | 137 | | | 101 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sale of stock for the deferred compensation plan, net |
| | | | | | | (326 | ) | 326 | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2008 |
| 272 | 204,298 | 160,267 | (14,462 | ) | (5,069 | ) | (225,523 | ) | 981 | (981 | ) | 119,783 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Comprehensive income: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
| | | 15,653 | | | | | | 15,653 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unrealized gain on securities (net of tax expense $1,300) |
| | | | 3,709 | | | | | 3,709 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income |
| 19,362 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrants |
36,921 | | 1,342 | | | | | | | 38,263 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Redemption of preferred stock |
(38,263 | ) | | | | | | | | | (38,263 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net proceeds from common stock offering |
| 64 | 54,184 | | | | | | | 54,248 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Accretion of discount on preferred stock and redemption charge |
1,342 | | | (1,342 | ) | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Treasury stock allocated to restricted stock Plan |
| | (694 | ) | (221 | ) | | | 915 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock awards |
| | 734 | | | | | | | 734 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tax benefit of stock plans |
| | 150 | | | | | | | 150 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Allocation of ESOP stock |
| | | | | 293 | | | | 293 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ESOP adjustment |
| | 116 | | | | | | | 116 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash dividend - $0.80 per share |
| | | (9,417 | ) | | | | | | (9,417 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash dividend on preferred stock |
| | | (1,828 | ) | | | | | | (1,828 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exercise of stock options |
| | | (49 | ) | | | 144 | | | 95 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sale of stock for the deferred compensation plan, net |
| | | | | | | 5 | (5 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2009 |
| 336 | 260,130 | 163,063 | (10,753 | ) | (4,776 | ) | (224,464 | ) | 986 | (986 | ) | 183,536 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
66
Table of Contents
Preferred Stock |
Common Stock |
Additional Paid-In Capital |
Retained Earnings |
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss |
Employee Stock Ownership Plan |
Treasury Stock |
Common Stock Acquired by Deferred Compensation Plan |
Deferred Compensation Plan Liability |
Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Comprehensive income: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
| | | 20,378 | | | | | | 20,378 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unrealized gain on securities (net of tax expense $3,478) |
| | | | 5,193 | | | | | 5,193 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income |
25,571 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Redemption of warrants |
| | (431 | ) | | | | | | | (431 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Expenses of common stock offering |
| | (108 | ) | | | | | | | (108 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock awards |
| | 1,047 | | | | | | | 1,047 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tax expense of stock plans |
| | (23 | ) | | | | | | | (23 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Allocation of ESOP stock |
| | | | | 292 | | | | 292 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ESOP adjustment |
| | 124 | | | | | | | 124 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash dividend - $0.48 per share |
| | | (8,764 | ) | | | | | | (8,764 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exercise of stock options |
| | | | | | 7 | | | 7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sale of stock for the deferred compensation plan, net |
| | | | | | | (40 | ) | 40 | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2010 |
$ | | $ | 336 | $ | 260,739 | $ | 174,677 | $ | (5,560 | ) | $ | (4,484 | ) | $ | (224,457 | ) | $ | 946 | $ | (946 | ) | $ | 201,251 | ||||||||||||||||
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
67
Table of Contents
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 20,378 | $ | 15,653 | $ | 14,764 | ||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment |
2,154 | 1,985 | 1,752 | |||||||||
Amortization of ESOP |
292 | 293 | 291 | |||||||||
ESOP adjustment |
124 | 116 | 306 | |||||||||
Stock awards |
1,047 | 734 | 581 | |||||||||
Amortization and impairment of servicing asset |
2,018 | 2,374 | 2,095 | |||||||||
Net premium amortization in excess of discount accretion on securities |
1,804 | 578 | 24 | |||||||||
Net premium amortization of deferred fees and discounts on loans |
998 | 933 | 982 | |||||||||
Provision for loan losses |
8,000 | 5,700 | 1,775 | |||||||||
(Recovery) provision for repurchased loans |
| (245 | ) | (248 | ) | |||||||
Deferred tax (benefit) expense |
(4,903 | ) | (1,955 | ) | 4,389 | |||||||
Net loss (gain) from sale of premises and equipment |
9 | 6 | (5 | ) | ||||||||
Net loss (gain) on sales of real estate owned |
476 | (166 | ) | (149 | ) | |||||||
Net gain on sales of loans and securities available for sale |
(3,657 | ) | (3,646 | ) | (551 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans held for sale |
166,820 | 235,000 | 103,091 | |||||||||
Mortgage loans originated for sale |
(165,335 | ) | (234,765 | ) | (99,853 | ) | ||||||
Increase value of Bank Owned Life Insurance |
(845 | ) | (835 | ) | (705 | ) | ||||||
(Increase) decrease in interest and dividends receivable |
(387 | ) | 239 | 617 | ||||||||
Decrease (increase) in other assets |
1,231 | (7,871 | ) | (2,823 | ) | |||||||
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities |
9,717 | 2,700 | (1,625 | ) | ||||||||
Total adjustments |
19,563 | 1,175 | 9,944 | |||||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
39,941 | 16,828 | 24,708 | |||||||||
Cash flows from investing activities: |
||||||||||||
Net (increase) decrease in loans receivable |
(41,945 | ) | 10,085 | 23,274 | ||||||||
Loans repurchased |
| | (968 | ) | ||||||||
Proceeds from sales of investment securities available for sale |
| 1,822 | 3,122 | |||||||||
Purchase of investment securities available for sale |
(52,959 | ) | (300 | ) | (1,087 | ) | ||||||
Purchase of mortgage-backed securities available for sale |
(233,685 | ) | (156,665 | ) | | |||||||
Proceeds from maturities or calls of investment securities available for sale |
1,600 | 150 | 2,065 | |||||||||
Principal payments on mortgage-backed securities available for sale |
69,024 | 24,380 | 13,431 | |||||||||
Decrease in Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock |
2,506 | 1,476 | 2,031 | |||||||||
Net proceeds from sale and acquisition of real estate owned |
1,285 | 1,070 | 917 | |||||||||
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment |
| | 5 | |||||||||
Purchases of premises and equipment |
(2,563 | ) | (2,743 | ) | (5,206 | ) | ||||||
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities |
(256,737 | ) | (120,725 | ) | 37,584 | |||||||
Cash flows from financing activities: |
||||||||||||
Increase (decrease) in deposits |
299,769 | 90,067 | (9,658 | ) | ||||||||
(Decrease) increase in short-term borrowings including short-term Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
(133,709 | ) | 5,251 | 18,515 | ||||||||
Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
154,000 | 78,000 | 57,000 | |||||||||
Repayments of Federal Home loan Bank advances |
(85,000 | ) | (108,000 | ) | (116,000 | ) | ||||||
Repayments of securities sold under agreements to repurchase |
| | (12,000 | ) | ||||||||
Decrease in advances by borrowers for taxes and insurance |
(506 | ) | (128 | ) | (7 | ) | ||||||
Tax (expense) benefit of stock plans |
(23 | ) | 150 | 51 | ||||||||
Exercise of stock options |
7 | 95 | 101 | |||||||||
Dividends paid common stock |
(8,764 | ) | (9,417 | ) | (9,366 | ) | ||||||
Dividends paid preferred stock |
| (1,828 | ) | | ||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrants |
| 38,263 | | |||||||||
Redemption of warrants and preferred stock |
(431 | ) | (38,263 | ) | | |||||||
(Expenses) net proceeds from common stock issuance |
(108 | ) | 54,248 | | ||||||||
Net cash provided by financing activities |
225,235 | 108,438 | (71,364 | ) | ||||||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash and due from banks |
8,439 | 4,541 | (9,072 | ) | ||||||||
Cash and due from banks at beginning of year |
23,016 | 18,475 | 27,547 | |||||||||
Cash and due from banks at end of year |
$ | 31,455 | $ | 23,016 | $ | 18,475 | ||||||
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: |
||||||||||||
Cash paid during the year for: |
||||||||||||
Interest |
$ | 24,279 | $ | 30,923 | $ | 45,911 | ||||||
Income taxes |
10,509 | 9,869 | 5,029 | |||||||||
Non-cash investing activities: |
||||||||||||
Transfer of loans receivable to real estate owned |
1,443 | 2,376 | 1,471 | |||||||||
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
68
Table of Contents
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of OceanFirst Financial Corp. (the Company) and its wholly-owned subsidiary, OceanFirst Bank (the Bank) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Columbia Home Loans, LLC (Columbia), OceanFirst REIT Holdings, Inc, and its wholly-owned subsidiary OceanFirst Realty Corp., OceanFirst Services, LLC and its wholly-owned subsidiary OFB Reinsurance, Ltd. and 975 Holdings, LLC which was established in 2010 as a wholly-owned service corporation of the Bank for the purpose of taking legal possession of certain repossessed collateral for resale to third parties. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Certain amounts previously reported have been reclassified to conform to the current years presentation.
Business
The Bank provides a range of community banking services to customers through a network of branches in Ocean, Monmouth and Middlesex counties in New Jersey. The Bank is subject to competition from other financial institutions; it is also subject to the regulations of certain regulatory agencies and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities.
Basis of Financial Statement Presentation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements in conformity with these accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions about future events. These estimates and the underlying assumptions affect the amounts of assets and liabilities reported, disclosures about contingent assets and liabilities, and reported amounts of revenues and expenses. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the determination of the reserve for repurchased loans, the valuation of mortgage servicing rights and the evaluation of securities for other-than-temporary impairment. These estimates and assumptions are based on managements best estimates and judgment. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including the current economic environment, which management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Such estimates and assumptions are adjusted when facts and circumstances dictate. The economic downturn, decline in consumer spending and declining real estate values have combined to increase the uncertainty inherent in such estimates and assumptions. As future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ significantly from these estimates. Changes in those estimates resulting from continuing changes in the economic environment will be reflected in the financial statements in future periods.
Cash Equivalents
Cash equivalents consist of interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions and loans of Federal funds. For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid debt instruments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Investment and Mortgage-Backed Securities
The Company classifies all investment and mortgage-backed securities as available for sale. Securities available for sale include securities that management intends to use as part of its asset/liability management strategy. Such securities are carried at fair value and unrealized gains and losses, net of related tax effect, are excluded from earnings, but are included as a separate component of stockholders equity and as part of comprehensive income. In general, fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed models that primarily use, as inputs, observable market-based parameters. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. While management believes the Companys valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date. Most of the Companys investment and mortgage-backed securities are fixed income instruments that are not quoted on an exchange, but are bought and sold in active markets. Prices for these instruments are obtained through third party pricing vendors or security industry sources that actively participate in the buying and selling of securities. Prices obtained from these sources include market quotations and matrix pricing. Matrix pricing is a mathematical technique used principally to value certain securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities, but comparing the securities to benchmark or comparable securities. Gains or losses on the sale of such securities are included in other income using the specific identification method. Securities are evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment on a quarterly basis.
69
Table of Contents
Other-Than-Temporary Impairments on Available for Sale Securities
One of the significant estimates related to available for sale securities is the evaluation of investments for other-than-temporary impairments. If a determination is made that a debt security is other-than-temporarily impaired, the Company will estimate the amount of the unrealized loss that is attributable to credit and all other non-credit related factors. The credit related component will be recognized as an other-than-temporary impairment charge in non-interest income as a component of gain (loss) on securities, net. The non-credit related component will be recorded as an adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax.
The evaluation of securities for impairments is a quantitative and qualitative process, which is subject to risks and uncertainties and is intended to determine whether declines in the fair value of investments should be recognized in current period earnings. The risks and uncertainties include changes in general economic conditions, the issuers financial condition and/or future prospects, the effects of changes in interest rates or credit spreads and the expected recovery period.
On a quarterly basis the Company evaluates the securities portfolio for other-than-temporary impairment. Securities that are in an unrealized loss position are reviewed to determine if an other-than-temporary impairment is present based on certain quantitative factors. The primary factors considered in evaluating whether a decline in value is other-than-temporary include: (a) the length of time and extent to which the fair value has been less than cost or amortized cost and the expected recovery period of the security, (b) the financial condition, credit rating and future prospects of the issuer, (c) whether the debtor is current on contractually obligated interest and principal payments and (d) whether the Company intends to sell the security and whether it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the security. At December 31, 2010, the Company concluded that unrealized losses on available for sale securities were only temporarily impaired.
Loans Receivable
Loans receivable, other than loans held for sale, are stated at unpaid principal balance, plus unamortized premiums less unearned discounts, net of deferred loan origination and commitment fees and costs, and the allowance for loan losses.
Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and the net fee or cost is recognized in interest income using the level-yield method over the contractual life of the specifically identified loans, adjusted for actual prepayments. For each loan class, a loan is considered past due when a payment has not been received in accordance with the contractual terms. Loans which are more than 90 days past due, including impaired loans, and other loans in the process of foreclosure are placed on non-accrual status. Interest income previously accrued on these loans, but not yet received, is reversed in the current period. Any interest subsequently collected is credited to income in the period of recovery only after the full principal balance has been brought current. A loan is returned to accrual status when all amounts due have been received and the remaining principal balance is deemed collectible.
A loan is considered impaired when it is deemed probable that the Company will not collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The Company has defined the population of impaired loans to be all non-accrual commercial real estate, multi-family, land, construction and commercial loans in excess of $250,000. Impaired loans are individually assessed to determine that the loans carrying value is not in excess of the fair value of the collateral or the present value of the loans expected future cash flows. Smaller balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment, such as residential mortgage loans and installment loans, are specifically excluded from the impaired loan portfolio, except when they are modified in a trouble debt restructuring.
70
Table of Contents
Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
The Company regularly sells part of its mortgage loan originations in order to manage interest rate risk and liquidity. The Bank has generally sold fixed-rate mortgage loans with final maturities in excess of 15 years and, occasionally adjustable-rate loans.
In determining whether to retain mortgages, management considers the Companys overall interest rate risk position, the volume of such loans, the loan yield and the types and amount of funding sources. The Company may also retain mortgage loan production in order to improve yields and increase balance sheet leverage.
Mortgage loans held for sale are carried at the lower of unpaid principal balance, net, or market value on an aggregate basis. Estimated market value is determined based on bid quotations from securities dealers.
Allowance for Loan Losses
The adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is based on managements evaluation of the Companys past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrowers ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and current economic conditions. Additions to the allowance arise from charges to operations through the provision for loan losses or from the recovery of amounts previously charged-off. The allowance is reduced by loan charge-offs.
The allowance for loan losses is maintained at an amount management considers sufficient to provide for probable losses. The analysis considers known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio resulting from managements continuing review of the factors underlying the quality of the loan portfolio. These factors include delinquency status, actual loan loss experience, current economic conditions, detailed analysis of individual loans for which full collectibility may not be assured, and the determination of the existence and realizable value of the collateral and guarantees securing the loan.
The Banks allowance for loan losses consists of a specific allowance and a general allowance, each updated on a quarterly basis. A specific allowance is determined for all loans which meet the definition of an impaired loan where the value of the underlying collateral can reasonably be evaluated. These are generally loans which are secured by real estate. The Bank obtains an updated appraisal for all impaired loans secured by real estate. The appraisal is subsequently updated annually if the loan remains delinquent for an extended period. The specific allowance represents the difference between the Banks recorded investment in the loan and the fair value of the collateral, less estimated disposal costs. A general allowance is determined for all other classified and non-classified loans. In determining the level of the general allowance, the Bank segments the loan portfolio into various loan segments and classes as follows:
Loan Portfolio Segment |
Loan Class |
|||||
Residential real estate: |
- | Loans originated by Bank | ||||
- | Loans originated by Columbia | |||||
Commercial real estate: |
- | Commercial | ||||
- | Construction | |||||
- | Land | |||||
Consumer: |
- | Consumer | ||||
Commercial: |
- | Commercial | ||||
- | Small business |
The loan portfolio is further segmented by delinquency status and risk rating (special mention, substandard and doubtful). An estimated loss factor is then applied to each risk tranche. If a loan secured by real estate becomes 90 days delinquent, the Bank obtains an updated appraisal which is subsequently updated annually as foreclosure timelines have recently increased significantly. For these loans, the estimated loss represents the difference between the Banks recorded investment in the loan and the fair value of the collateral, less estimated selling costs. For loans which are not 90 days delinquent and secured by real estate, the loss factors are determined based upon historical loan loss experience, current economic conditions, regulatory environment, local competition, lending personnel, loan policies and underwriting standards, loan review system, delinquency trends, loss trends, nature and volume of the loan portfolio and concentrations of credit.
71
Table of Contents
The Bank utilizes a rolling four quarter average of actual loan losses as a percent of average loans outstanding during the period. The loan loss ratio is applied, in varying degrees, to each risk tranche. Loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2010 by portfolio segment were as follows (in thousands):
Loan Portfolio Segment |
Amount of Loan Losses |
Ratio of Loan Losses to Average Loans Outstanding |
||||||
Residential real estate |
$ | 1,959 | .20 | % | ||||
Commercial real estate |
324 | .08 | ||||||
Consumer |
736 | .35 | ||||||
Commercial |
257 | .34 |
Existing economic conditions which the Bank considered to estimate the allowance for loan losses include local trends in economic growth, unemployment and real estate values.
For each loan portfolio segment, loans are charged-off when management believes such loans are uncollectible. For residential, commercial and consumer loans secured by real estate, the charge-off is taken when the foreclosure process is complete. For unsecured consumer loans the charge-off is taken when the loan is 180 days past due. For commercial loans not secured by real estate, the charge-off is taken when full collectability is in doubt after an evaluation of the estimated value of the collateral.
An overwhelming percentage of the Banks loan portfolio totaling 95.4%, whether one-to-four family, consumer or commercial, is secured by real estate. Additionally, most of the Banks borrowers are located in Ocean and Monmouth Counties, New Jersey and the surrounding area. These concentrations may adversely affect the Banks loan loss experience should local real estate values decline or should the markets served experience an adverse economic shock.
Management believes the primary risk characteristics for each portfolio segment are a continued decline in the economy generally, including sustained unemployment, a decline in real estate market values and possible increases in interest rates. Any one or a combination of these events may adversely affect the borrowers ability to repay the loans, resulting in increased delinquencies, loan losses and future levels of provisions. Accordingly, the Bank has provided for loan losses at the current level to address the current risk in the loan portfolio.
Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions in the Companys market area. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their routine examination process, periodically review the Banks allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions to the allowances based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.
Reserve for Repurchased Loans
The reserve for repurchased loans relates to potential losses on loans sold which may have to be repurchased due to a violation of representations and warranties. Provisions for losses are charged to gain on sale of loans and credited to the reserve while actual losses are charged to the reserve. The reserve represents the Companys estimate of the total losses expected to occur and is considered to be adequate by management based upon the Companys evaluation of the potential exposure related to the loan sale agreements over the period of repurchase risk. The reserve for repurchased loans is included in other liabilities on the Companys consolidated statement of financial condition.
72
Table of Contents
Mortgage Servicing Rights, or MSR
The Company recognizes as a separate asset the rights to service mortgage loans, whether those rights are acquired through purchase or loan origination activities. MSR are amortized in proportion to and over the estimated period of net servicing income. The estimated fair value of MSR is determined through a discounted analysis of future cash flows, incorporating numerous assumptions including servicing income, servicing costs, market discount rates, prepayment speeds and default rates. Impairment of the MSR is assessed on the fair value of those rights with any impairment recognized as a component of loan servicing fee income.
Real Estate Owned
Real estate owned is carried at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated costs to sell. When a property is acquired, the excess of the loan balance over fair value is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Operating results from real estate owned, including rental income, operating expenses, and gains and losses realized from the sales of real estate owned are recorded as incurred.
Premises and Equipment
Land is carried at cost and premises and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets or leases. Depreciable lives are as follows: computer equipment: 3 years; furniture, fixtures and other electronic equipment: 5 years; building improvements: 10 years; and buildings: 30 years. Repair and maintenance items are expensed and improvements are capitalized. Gains and losses on dispositions are reflected in current operations.
Income Taxes
The Company utilizes the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Any interest and penalties on taxes payable are included as part of the provision for income taxes.
Impact of New Accounting Pronouncements
Accounting Standards Certification (ASC) 810, Consolidation, replaces the quantitative-based risks and rewards calculation for determining which enterprise, if any, has a controlling financial interest in a variable-interest entity with an approach focused on identifying which enterprise has the power to direct the activities of a variable-interest entity that most significantly effect the entitys economic performance and (i) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or (ii) the right to receive benefits from the entity. The pronouncement was effective January 1, 2010 and did not have a significant effect on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
ASC 860, Transfers and Servicing, improves the information a reporting entity provides in its financial statements about a transfer of financial assets, including the effect of a transfer on an entitys financial position, financial performance and cash flows and the transferors continuing involvement in the transferred assets. ASC 860 eliminates the concept of a qualifying, special-purpose entity and changes the guidance for evaluation for consolidation. This pronouncement was effective January 1, 2010 and did not have a significant effect on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-06 under ASC 820 requires new disclosures and clarifies certain existing disclosure requirements about fair value measurements. Specifically, the update requires an entity to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and describe the reasons for such transfers. A reporting entity is required to present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the reconciliation for fair value measurements using Level 3 inputs. In addition, the update clarifies the following requirements of the existing disclosure: (i) for the purposes of reporting fair value measurement for each class of assets and liabilities, a reporting entity needs to use judgment in determining the appropriate classes of assets; and (ii) a reporting entity is required to include disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and non-recurring fair value measurements. The amendments are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the separate disclosures of purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The new guidance did not have a significant impact on the Companys consolidated financial statements other than additional disclosures.
73
Table of Contents
Accounting Standards Update 2010-20, amends ASC 310 (Receivables) to require significant new disclosures about the credit quality of financial receivables/loans and the allowance for credit losses. The objective of the new disclosures is to improve financial statement users understanding of (1) the nature of an entitys credit risk associated with its financing receivables, and (2) the entitys assessment of that risk in estimating its allowance for credit losses, as well as changes in the allowance and the reasons for those changes. The disclosures are to be presented at the level of disaggregation that management uses when assessing and monitoring the portfolios risk and performance (either by portfolio segment or by class of financing receivables). The required disclosures include, among other things, a rollforward of the allowance for credit losses by portfolio segment, as well as information about credit quality indicators and modified, impaired, non-accrual and past due loans. The disclosures related to period-end information (e.g., credit-quality information and the ending financing receivables balance segregated by impairment method) is required in all interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010 and is included in the Companys December 31, 2010 financial statements. Disclosures of activity that occurs during a reporting period (e.g., loan modifications and the rollforward of the allowance for credit losses by portfolio segment) will be required in interim or annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010 (January 1, 2011 for the Company).
Stock-based Compensation
The Company recognizes the grant-date fair value of stock options and other stock-based compensation issued to employees in the income statement. The modified prospective transition method was adopted and, as a result, the income statement includes $578,000, $481,000 and $445,000, respectively, of expense for stock option grants for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. At December 31, 2010, the Company had $1.0 million in compensation cost related to non-vested awards not yet recognized. This cost will be recognized over the remaining vesting period of 1.6 years.
The fair value of stock options granted by the Company was estimated through the use of the Black-Scholes option pricing model applying the following assumptions:
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
Risk-free interest rate |
3.36 | % | 3.08 | % | 3.71 | % | ||||||
Expected option life |
7 years | 7 years | 7 years | |||||||||
Expected volatility |
28 | % | 25 | % | 22 | % | ||||||
Expected dividend yield |
4.80 | % | 4.99 | % | 4.88 | % | ||||||
Weighted average fair value of an option share granted during the year |
$ | 1.84 | $ | 1.84 | $ | 2.39 | ||||||
Intrinsic value of options exercised during the year (in thousands) |
| 7 | 30 |
The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury rate with a term equal to the expected option life. The expected option life conforms to the Companys actual experience. Expected volatility is based on actual historical results. Compensation cost is recognized on a straight line basis over the vesting period.
Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income is comprised of net income and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes items recorded directly in equity, such as unrealized gains or losses on securities available for sale.
74
Table of Contents
Bank Owned Life Insurance
Bank owned life insurance (BOLI) is accounted for using the cash surrender value method and is recorded at its realizable value. The Companys BOLI is invested in a separate account insurance product which is invested in a fixed income portfolio. The separate account includes stable value protection which maintains realizable value at book value with investment gains and losses amortized over future periods. The change in the net asset value is included in other non-interest income.
Exit Activities
During 2007, the Bank exited the mortgage banking business operated by Columbia. All loan origination activity was ceased, although the Bank retained Columbias loan servicing portfolio. The exit was due to the significant operating losses incurred by Columbia in the fourth quarter of 2006 and the first quarter of 2007 and was completed prior to the end of 2007. Occupancy expenses for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 include $-0-, $593,000 and $659,000 for lease termination costs related to the exit activities in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities.
Segment Reporting
As a community-oriented financial institution, substantially all of the Banks operations involve the delivery of loan and deposit products to customers. The Bank makes operating decisions and assesses performance based on an ongoing review of these community banking operations, which constitute the only operating segment for financial reporting purposes.
Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding plus potential common stock, utilizing the treasury stock method. All share amounts exclude unallocated shares of stock held by the Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) and the Incentive Plan.
The following reconciles shares outstanding for basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands):
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
Weighted average shares outstanding |
18,822 | 13,406 | 12,360 | |||||||||
Less: Unallocated ESOP shares |
(549 | ) | (584 | ) | (618 | ) | ||||||
Unallocated Incentive award shares and shares held by deferred compensation plan |
(131 | ) | (85 | ) | (75 | ) | ||||||
Average basic shares outstanding |
18,142 | 12,737 | 11,667 | |||||||||
Add: Effect of dilutive securities: |
||||||||||||
Stock options |
| | 42 | |||||||||
Incentive Awards and shares held by deferred compensation plan |
49 | 47 | 49 | |||||||||
Average diluted shares outstanding |
18,191 | 12,784 | 11,758 | |||||||||
For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, 1,854,000 1,626,000 and 1,325,000, respectively, antidilutive stock options were excluded from earnings per share calculations.
75
Table of Contents
(2) Regulatory Matters
Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) regulations require savings institutions to maintain minimum levels of regulatory capital. Under the regulations in effect at December 31, 2010, the Bank was required to maintain a minimum ratio of tangible capital to total adjusted assets of 1.5%; a minimum ratio of Core capital to total adjusted assets of 4.0%; and a minimum ratio of total (core and supplementary) capital to risk-weighted assets of 8.0%.
Under its prompt corrective action regulations, the OTS is required to take certain supervisory actions (and may take additional discretionary actions) with respect to an undercapitalized institution. Such actions could have a direct material effect on the institutions financial statements. The regulations establish a framework for the classification of savings institutions into five categories: well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. Generally an institution is considered well capitalized if it has a Tier 1 ratio of at least 6.0%; and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0%. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Bank was considered well-capitalized.
The following is a summary of the Banks actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 compared to the OTS minimum capital adequacy requirements and the OTS requirements for classification as a well-capitalized institution (in thousands).
Actual | For capital
adequacy Purposes |
To be well capitalized under prompt corrective action |
||||||||||||||||||||||
As of December 31, 2010 |
Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | ||||||||||||||||||
Tangible capital |
$ | 206,163 | 9.1 | % | $ | 33,868 | 1.5 | % | $ | | | % | ||||||||||||
Core capital |
206,163 | 9.1 | 90,315 | 4.0 | 112,893 | 5.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
Tier 1 risk-based capital |
206,163 | 14.4 | 57,450 | 4.0 | 86,174 | 6.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
Risk-based capital |
219,399 | 15.3 | 114,899 | 8.0 | 143,624 | 10.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
Actual | For capital
adequacy Purposes |
To be well capitalized under prompt corrective action |
||||||||||||||||||||||
As of December 31, 2009 |
Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | ||||||||||||||||||
Tangible capital |
$ | 183,108 | 9.0 | % | $ | 30,626 | 1.5 | % | $ | | | % | ||||||||||||
Core capital |
183,108 | 9.0 | 81,670 | 4.0 | 102,087 | 5.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
Tier 1 risk-based capital |
183,108 | 13.4 | 54,779 | 4.0 | 82,168 | 6.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
Risk-based capital |
193,338 | 14.1 | 109,557 | 8.0 | 136,947 | 10.0 |
OTS regulations impose limitations upon all capital distributions by savings institutions, like the Bank, such as dividends and payments to repurchase or otherwise acquire shares. The Bank may not declare or pay cash dividends on or repurchase any of its shares of common stock if the effect thereof would cause stockholders equity to be reduced below applicable regulatory capital maintenance requirements or if such declaration and payment would otherwise violate regulatory requirements.
76
Table of Contents
(3) Investment Securities Available for Sale
The amortized cost and estimated market value of investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows (in thousands):
December 31, 2010 | ||||||||||||||||
Amortized Cost |
Gross Unrealized Gains |
Gross Unrealized Losses |
Estimated Market Value |
|||||||||||||
U.S. agency obligations |
$ | 41,146 | $ | 41 | $ | (55 | ) | $ | 41,132 | |||||||
State and municipal obligations |
10,690 | | (75 | ) | 10,615 | |||||||||||
Corporate debt securities |
55,000 | | (15,144 | ) | 39,856 | |||||||||||
Equity investments |
370 | | (55 | ) | 315 | |||||||||||
$ | 107,206 | $ | 41 | $ | (15,329 | ) | $ | 91,918 | ||||||||
December 31, 2009 | ||||||||||||||||
Amortized Cost |
Gross Unrealized Gains |
Gross Unrealized Losses |
Estimated Market Value |
|||||||||||||
U.S. agency obligations |
$ | 301 | $ | 5 | $ | | $ | 306 | ||||||||
State and municipal obligations |
300 | | | 300 | ||||||||||||
Corporate debt securities |
55,000 | | (18,631 | ) | 36,369 | |||||||||||
Equity investments |
370 | | (78 | ) | 292 | |||||||||||
$ | 55,971 | $ | 5 | $ | (18,709 | ) | $ | 37,267 | ||||||||
Gains realized during 2010, 2009 and 2008 on the sale of investment securities available for sale totaled $-0-, $-0-, and $239,000, respectively. Realized losses during 2010, 2009 and 2008 on the sale of investment securities totaled $-0-, $4,000 and $1,141,000, respectively.
The amortized cost and estimated market value of investment securities available for sale, excluding equity investments, at December 31, 2010 by contractual maturity, are shown below (in thousands). Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. At December 31, 2010, investment securities available for sale with an amortized cost and estimated market value of $55,000,000 and $39,856,000, respectively, were callable prior to the maturity date.
Amortized Cost |
Estimated Market Value |
|||||||
Less than one year |
$ | 514 | $ | 514 | ||||
Due after one year through five years |
51,322 | 51,233 | ||||||
Due after five years through ten years |
| | ||||||
Due after ten years |
55,000 | 39,856 | ||||||
$ | 106,836 | $ | 91,603 | |||||
The estimated market value (carrying amount) of investment securities pledged as required security for deposits and for other purposes required by law amounted to $31,163,000 and $306,000 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Additionally, the estimated market value (carrying amount) of investment securities pledged as collateral for reverse repurchase agreements amounted to $-0- and $-0- at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
77
Table of Contents
The estimated market value and unrealized loss for investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2010 and 2009, segregated by the duration of the unrealized loss are as follows (in thousands):
December 31, 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Less than 12 months | 12 months or longer | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Estimated Market Value |
Unrealized Losses |
Estimated Market Value |
Unrealized Losses |
Estimated Market Value |
Unrealized Losses |
|||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Agency obligations |
$ | 20,742 | $ | (55 | ) | $ | | $ | | $ | 20,742 | $ | (55 | ) | ||||||||||
State and Municipal Obligations |
9,738 | (75 | ) | | | 9,738 | (75 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Corporate Debt Securities |
| | 39,856 | (15,144 | ) | 39,856 | (15,144 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Equity investments |
104 | (16 | ) | 211 | (39 | ) | 315 | (55 | ) | |||||||||||||||
$ | 30,584 | $ | (146 | ) | $ | 40,067 | $ | (15,183 | ) | $ | 70,651 | $ | (15,329 | ) | ||||||||||
December 31, 2009 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Less than 12 months | 12 months or longer | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Estimated Market Value |
Unrealized Losses |
Estimated Market Value |
Unrealized Losses |
Estimated Market Value |
Unrealized Losses |
|||||||||||||||||||
Corporate debt securities |
$ | | $ | | $ | 36,369 | $ | (18,631 | ) | $ | 36,369 | $ | (18,631 | ) | ||||||||||
Equity investments |
292 | (78 | ) | | | 292 | (78 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
$ | 292 | $ | (78 | ) | $ | 36,369 | $ | (18,631 | ) | $ | 36,661 | $ | (18,709 | ) | ||||||||||
At December 31, 2010, the amortized cost, estimated market value and credit rating of the individual corporate debt securities in an unrealized loss position for greater than one year are as follows (in thousands):
Security Description |
Amortized Cost | Estimated Market Value |
Credit Rating Moodys/S&P |
|||||||||
BankAmerica Capital |
$ | 15,000 | $ | 10,408 | Baa3/BB+ | |||||||
Chase Capital |
10,000 | 7,908 | A2/BBB+ | |||||||||
Wells Fargo Capital |
5,000 | 3,760 | A3/A- | |||||||||
Huntington Capital |
5,000 | 2,848 | Ba1/BB- | |||||||||
Keycorp Capital |
5,000 | 3,531 | Baa3/BB | |||||||||
PNC Capital |
5,000 | 3,841 | Baa2/BBB | |||||||||
State Street Capital |
5,000 | 3,916 | A3/BBB+ | |||||||||
SunTrust Capital |
5,000 | 3,644 | Baa3/BB | |||||||||
$ | 55,000 | $ | 39,856 | |||||||||
At December 31, 2010, the market value of each corporate debt security was below cost. However, the estimated market value of the corporate debt securities portfolio increased over the prior year. The corporate debt securities are issued by other financial institutions with credit ratings ranging from a high of A2 to a low of BB- as rated by one of the internationally-recognized credit rating services. These floating-rate securities were purchased during the period May 1998 to September 1998 and have paid coupon interest continuously since issuance. Floating-rate debt securities such as these pay a fixed interest rate spread over LIBOR. Following the purchase of these securities, the required spread increased for these types of securities causing a decline in the market price. The Company concluded that unrealized losses on available for sale securities were only temporarily impaired at December 31, 2010. In concluding that the impairments were only temporary, the Company considered several factors in its analysis. The Company noted that each issuer made all the contractually due payments when required. There were no defaults on principal or interest payments and no interest payments were deferred. All of the financial institutions were also considered well-capitalized. Based on managements analysis of each individual security, the issuers appear to have the ability to meet debt service requirements for the foreseeable future. Furthermore, although these investment securities are available for sale, the Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and it is more likely than not that the Company will not be required to sell the securities. The Company has held the securities continuously since 1998 and expects to receive its full principal at maturity in 2028. The Company has historically not actively sold investment securities and does not utilize the securities portfolio as a source of liquidity. The Companys long range liquidity plans indicate adequate sources of liquidity outside the securities portfolio.
78
Table of Contents
Capital markets in general and the market for these corporate securities in particular have been disrupted since the second half of 2007. In its analysis, the Company considered that the severity and duration of unrecognized losses was at least partly due to the illiquidity caused by market disruptions. Steps taken by the U.S. Treasury, the Federal Reserve Bank, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and foreign central banks, among others, have been a positive force in restoring liquidity and confidence in the capital markets. The ability of each of these issuers to raise capital during 2009 and 2010 was a testament to the effectiveness of these actions.
Due to the reasons noted above, especially the continuing restoration of the capital markets, the improved valuation of the corporate securities portfolio, the capital position of the issuers, the uninterrupted payment of all contractually due interest, management has determined that only a temporary impairment existed at December 31, 2010.
(4) Mortgage-Backed Securities Available for Sale
The amortized cost and estimated market value of mortgage-backed securities available for sale at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows (in thousands):
December 31, 2010 | ||||||||||||||||
Amortized Cost |
Gross Unrealized Gains |
Gross Unrealized Losses |
Estimated Market Value |
|||||||||||||
FHLMC |
$ | 19,225 | $ | 386 | $ | (13 | ) | $ | 19,598 | |||||||
FNMA |
315,024 | 5,344 | | 320,368 | ||||||||||||
GNMA |
1,037 | 172 | | 1,209 | ||||||||||||
$ | 335,286 | $ | 5,902 | $ | (13 | ) | $ | 341,175 | ||||||||
December 31, 2009 | ||||||||||||||||
Amortized Cost |
Gross Unrealized Gains |
Gross Unrealized Losses |
Estimated Market Value |
|||||||||||||
FHLMC |
$ | 12,423 | $ | 442 | $ | | $ | 12,865 | ||||||||
FNMA |
199,381 | 1,517 | (1,485 | ) | 199,413 | |||||||||||
GNMA |
1,185 | 159 | | 1,344 | ||||||||||||
$ | 212,989 | $ | 2,118 | $ | (1,485 | ) | $ | 213,622 | ||||||||
There were no gains or losses realized on the sale of mortgage-backed securities available for sale during 2010, 2009 or 2008.
The contractual maturities of mortgage-backed securities available for sale generally exceed 15 years at purchase; however, the effective lives are expected to be shorter due to principal prepayments.
The estimated market value (carrying amount) of mortgage-backed securities pledged as required security for deposits and for other purposes required by law amounted to $202,678,000 and $4,230,000 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The estimated market value (carrying amount) of mortgage-backed securities pledged as collateral for reverse repurchase agreements amounted to $77,163,000 and $78,152,000 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
79
Table of Contents
The estimated market value and unrealized loss for mortgage-backed securities available for sale at December 31, 2010 and 2009, segregated by the duration of the unrealized loss are as follows (in thousands):
December 31, 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Less than 12 months | 12 months or longer | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Estimated Market Value |
Unrealized Losses |
Estimated Market Value |
Unrealized Losses |
Estimated Market Value |
Unrealized Losses |
|||||||||||||||||||
FHLMC |
$ | 4,982 | $ | (13 | ) | $ | | $ | | $ | 4,982 | $ | (13 | ) | ||||||||||
$ | 4,982 | $ | (13 | ) | $ | | $ | | $ | 4,982 | $ | (13 | ) | |||||||||||
December 31, 2009 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Less than 12 months | 12 months or longer | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Estimated Market Value |
Unrealized Losses |
Estimated Market Value |
Unrealized Losses |
Estimated Market Value |
Unrealized Losses |
|||||||||||||||||||
FNMA |
$ | 95,655 | $ | (1,485 | ) | $ | | $ | | $ | 95,655 | $ | (1,485 | ) | ||||||||||
$ | 95,655 | $ | (1,485 | ) | $ | | $ | | $ | 95,655 | $ | (1,485 | ) | |||||||||||
The mortgage-backed securities are issued and guaranteed by either FHLMC or FNMA, corporations which are chartered by the United States Government and whose debt obligations are typically rated AAA by one of the internationally recognized credit rating services. FHLMC and FNMA have been under the conservatorship of the Federal Housing Financial Agency since September 8, 2008. The conservatorships have no specified termination date. Also, FHLMC and FNMA have entered into Stock Purchase Agreements which following the issuance of Senior Preferred Stock and Warrants to the United States Treasury provide FHLMC and FNMA funding commitments from the United States Treasury. The Company considers the unrealized losses to be the result of changes in interest rates which over time can have both a positive and negative impact on the estimated market value of the mortgage-backed securities. Although these mortgage-backed securities are available for sale, the Company does not intend to sell the securities and it is more likely than not that the Bank will not be required to sell the securities before recovery of their amortized cost. As a result, the Company concluded that unrealized losses on available for sale securities were only temporarily impaired at December 31, 2010.
(5) Loans Receivable, Net
A summary of loans receivable at December 31, 2010 and 2009 follows (in thousands):
December 31, | ||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
Real estate mortgage: |
||||||||
One-to-four family |
$ | 944,843 | $ | 942,573 | ||||
Commercial real estate, multi-family and land |
435,127 | 396,883 | ||||||
FHA insured & VA guaranteed |
3,546 | 6,505 | ||||||
Residential construction |
13,748 | 9,241 | ||||||
1,397,264 | 1,355,202 | |||||||
Consumer |
205,725 | 217,290 | ||||||
Commercial |
76,692 | 70,214 | ||||||
Total loans |
1,679,681 | 1,642,706 | ||||||
Loans in process |
(4,055 | ) | (3,466 | ) | ||||
Deferred origination costs, net |
4,862 | 4,767 | ||||||
Allowance for loan losses |
(19,700 | ) | (14,723 | ) | ||||
(18,893 | ) | (13,422 | ) | |||||
$ | 1,660,788 | $ | 1,629,284 | |||||
At December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 loans in the amount of $37,537,000, $28,320,000 and $16,043,000, respectively, were three or more months delinquent or in the process of foreclosure and the Company was not accruing interest income. There were no loans ninety days or greater past due and still accruing interest. Non-accrual loans include both smaller balance homogenous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and individually classified impaired loans.
80
Table of Contents
The Company classifies certain loans as troubled debt restructurings (TDR) when credit terms to a borrower in financial difficulty are modified. The modifications typically include a reduction in rate, an extension in term and/or the capitalization of past due amounts. Included in the non-accrual loan total at December 31, 2010 and 2009 were $3,318,000 and $1,592,000, respectively, of troubled debt restructurings. There was no non-accrual TDRs at December 31, 2008. At December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 the Company has allocated $569,000, $175,000 and $0 of specific reserves to loans which are classified as troubled debt restructurings. Non-accrual loans which become troubled debt restructurings are returned to accrual status after six months of performance. Loans classified as a troubled debt restructuring and still accruing at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were $12,529,000, $8,723,000 and $-0-.
At December 31, 2010, the impaired loan portfolio consisted of four commercial real estate loans totaling $4,673,000 for which there was a specific allocation in the allowance for loan losses of $1,988,000. At December 31, 2009, the impaired loan portfolio consisted of six commercial real estate loans and one commercial loan totaling $4,991,000 for which there was a specific allocation in the allowance for loan losses of $582,000. The average balance of impaired loans for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $5,172,000, $5,789,000 and $3,781,000, respectively. If interest income on non-accrual loans and impaired loans had been current in accordance with their original terms, approximately $1,467,000, $1,441,000 and $913,000 of interest income for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, would have been recorded. At December 31, 2010, there were no commitments to lend additional funds to borrowers whose loans are in non-accrual status.
An analysis of the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 is as follows (in thousands):
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
Balance at beginning of year |
$ | 14,723 | $ | 11,665 | $ | 10,468 | ||||||
Provision charged to operations |
8,000 | 5,700 | 1,775 | |||||||||
Charge-offs |
(3,276 | ) | (2,688 | ) | (884 | ) | ||||||
Recoveries |
253 | 46 | 306 | |||||||||
Balance at end of year |
$ | 19,700 | $ | 14,723 | $ | 11,665 | ||||||
81
Table of Contents
The following table presents the balance in the allowance for loan loses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment and based on impairment method as of December 31, 2010 (in thousands):
Residential Real Estate |
Commercial Real Estate |
Consumer | Commercial | Unallocated | Total | |||||||||||||||||||
Allowance for loan losses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ending allowance balance attributed to loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Individually evaluated for impairment |
$ | | $ | 1,988 | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 1,988 | ||||||||||||
Collectively evaluated for impairment |
5,607 | 4,849 | 3,634 | 962 | 2,660 | 17,712 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total ending allowance balance |
$ | 5,607 | $ | 6,837 | $ | 3,634 | $ | 962 | $ | 2,660 | $ | 19,700 | ||||||||||||
Loans: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans individually evaluated for impairment |
$ | | $ | 4,673 | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 4,673 | ||||||||||||
Loans collectively evaluated for impairment |
962,137 | 430,454 | 205,725 | 76,692 | | 1,675,008 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total ending loan balance |
$ | 962,137 | $ | 435,127 | $ | 205,725 | $ | 76,692 | $ | | $ | 1,679,681 | ||||||||||||
82
Table of Contents
A summary of impaired loans at December 31, 2010 and 2009 is as follows (in thousands):
December 31, | ||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
Year-end impaired loans with no allocated allowance for loan losses |
$ | | $ | 3,910 | ||||
Year-end impaired loans with allocated allowance for loan losses |
4,673 | 1,081 | ||||||
$ | 4,673 | $ | 4,991 | |||||
Amount of the allowance for loan losses allocated |
$ | 1,988 | $ | 582 | ||||
The summary of loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans as of December 31, 2010 follows (in thousands):
Unpaid Principal Balance |
Recorded Investment |
Allowance for Loan Losses Allocated |
||||||||||
With no related allowance recorded: |
||||||||||||
Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||
Commercial |
$ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||
Construction and Land |
| | | |||||||||
Commercial |
| | | |||||||||
$ | | $ | | $ | | |||||||
With an allowance recorded: |
||||||||||||
Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||
Commercial |
$ | 2,104 | $ | 2,104 | $ | 988 | ||||||
Construction and Land |
2,569 | 2,569 | 1,000 | |||||||||
Commercial |
| | | |||||||||
$ | 4,673 | $ | 4,673 | $ | 1,988 | |||||||
The following table presents the recorded investment in non-accrual loans by class of loans as of December 31, 2010 (in thousands):
Recorded Investment in Non-accrual Loans |
||||
Residential real estate: |
||||
Originated by Bank |
$ | 22,707 | ||
Originated by Columbia |
3,870 | |||
Residential construction |
368 | |||
Commercial real estate: |
||||
Commercial |
3,280 | |||
Construction and Land |
2,569 | |||
Consumer |
4,626 | |||
Commercial |
117 | |||
$ | 37,537 | |||
The residential real estate originated by the Bank includes purchased loans which were originated under the Banks underwriting guidelines.
83
Table of Contents
The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans as of December 31, 2010 by class of loans (in thousands):
30-59 Days Past Due |
60-89 Days Past Due |
Greater than 90 Days Past Due |
Total Past Due |
Loans Not Past Due |
Total | |||||||||||||||||||
Residential real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Originated by Bank |
$ | 9,232 | $ | 1,958 | $ | 20,971 | $ | 32,161 | $ | 909,436 | $ | 941,597 | ||||||||||||
Originated by Columbia |
953 | 1,532 | 3,240 | 5,725 | 1,067 | 6,792 | ||||||||||||||||||
Residential construction |
| | 368 | 368 | 13,380 | 13,748 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
870 | | 2,611 | 3,481 | 406,549 | 410,030 | ||||||||||||||||||
Construction and Land |
| | 2,569 | 2,569 | 22,528 | 25,097 | ||||||||||||||||||
Consumer |
2,036 | 241 | 4,093 | 6,370 | 199,355 | 205,725 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
| | 117 | 117 | 76,575 | 76,692 | ||||||||||||||||||
$ | 13,091 | $ | 3,731 | $ | 33,969 | $ | 50,791 | $ | 1,628,890 | $ | 1,679,681 | |||||||||||||
The Company categorizes all commercial and commercial real estate loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation and current economic trends, among other factors. This analysis is performed on a quarterly basis. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings:
Special Mention. Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves managements close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the Banks credit position at some future date.
Substandard. Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the borrower or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.
Doubtful. Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.
Loans not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered to be pass related loans. Loans not rated are included in groups of homogeneous loans. As of December 31, 2010, and based on the most recent analysis performed, the risk category of loans by class of loans is as follows (in thousands):
Pass | Special Mention |
Substandard | Doubtful | Total | ||||||||||||||||
Commercial real estate: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial |
$ | 376,902 | $ | 10,856 | $ | 22,272 | $ | | $ | 410,030 | ||||||||||
Construction and Land |
22,528 | | 1,100 | 1,469 | 25,097 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial |
71,797 | 1,974 | 2,921 | | 76,692 | |||||||||||||||
$ | 471,227 | $ | 12,830 | $ | 26,293 | $ | 1,469 | $ | 511,819 | |||||||||||
84
Table of Contents
The Company considers the performance of the loan portfolio and its impact on the allowance for loan losses. For residential and consumer loan classes, the Company also evaluates credit quality based on the aging status of the loan, which was previously presented, and by payment activity. The following table presents the recorded investment in residential and consumer loans based on payment activity as of December 31, 2010 (in thousands):
Residential Real Estate | ||||||||||||||||
Originated by Bank |
Originated by Columbia |
Residential construction |
Consumer | |||||||||||||
Performing |
$ | 918,890 | $ | 2,922 | $ | 13,380 | $ | 201,099 | ||||||||
Non-performing |
22,707 | 3,870 | 368 | 4,626 | ||||||||||||
$ | 941,597 | $ | 6,792 | $ | 13,748 | $ | 205,725 | |||||||||
The Banks mortgage loans are used to secure FHLB advances.
(6) Servicing Asset
An analysis of the servicing asset for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 is as follows (in thousands):
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
Balance at beginning of year |
$ | 6,515 | $ | 7,229 | $ | 8,940 | ||||||
Capitalized mortgage servicing rights |
1,156 | 1,660 | 384 | |||||||||
Amortization |
(2,018 | ) | (2,111 | ) | (2,095 | ) | ||||||
Impairment |
| (263 | ) | | ||||||||
Balance at end of year |
$ | 5,653 | $ | 6,515 | $ | 7,229 | ||||||
Loans serviced for others amounted to $913,778,000 and $952,871,000 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, all of which relate to residential loans. At December 31, 2010, the servicing asset had an estimated fair value of $8,611,000 and was valued based on expected future cash flows considering a weighted average discount rate of 9.6%, a weighted average constant prepayment rate on mortgages of 11.9% and a weighted average life of 7.4 years. At December 31, 2009, the servicing asset had an estimated fair value of $9,044,000 and was valued based on expected future cash flows considering a weighted average discount rate of 9.6%, a weighted average constant prepayment rate on mortgages of 12.0% and a weighted average life of 7.3 years. As of December 31, 2010, estimated future servicing amortization through 2015 based on the prepayment assumptions utilized in the December 31, 2010 valuation, is as follows: $1,695,000 for 2011, $1,198,000 for 2012, $902,000 for 2013, $655,000 for 2014 and $439,000 for 2015. Actual results will vary depending upon the level of repayments on the loans currently serviced.
(7) Interest and Dividends Receivable
A summary of interest and dividends receivable at December 31, 2010 and 2009 follows (in thousands):
December 31, | ||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
Loans |
$ | 5,177 | $ | 5,400 | ||||
Investment securities |
236 | 55 | ||||||
Mortgage-backed securities |
1,033 | 604 | ||||||
$ | 6,446 | $ | 6,059 | |||||
85
Table of Contents
(8) Premises and Equipment, Net
Premises and equipment at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are summarized as follows (in thousands):
December 31, | ||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
Land |
$ | 4,254 | $ | 3,943 | ||||
Buildings and improvements |
24,006 | 23,132 | ||||||
Leasehold improvements |
2,076 | 2,226 | ||||||
Furniture and equipment |
18,260 | 16,780 | ||||||
Automobiles |
342 | 342 | ||||||
Construction in progress |
113 | 173 | ||||||
Total |
49,051 | 46,596 | ||||||
Accumulated depreciation and amortization |
(26,563 | ) | (24,508 | ) | ||||
$ | 22,488 | $ | 22,088 | |||||
(9) Deposits
Deposits, including accrued interest payable of $33,000 and $39,000 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, are summarized as follows (in thousands):
December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||
Amount | Weighted Average Cost |
Amount | Weighted Average Cost |
|||||||||||||
Non-interest-bearing accounts |
$ | 126,429 | | % | $ | 107,721 | | % | ||||||||
Interest-bearing checking accounts |
920,324 | .68 | 615,347 | .93 | ||||||||||||
Money market deposit accounts |
108,421 | .41 | 96,886 | .58 | ||||||||||||
Savings accounts |
223,650 | .36 | 232,081 | .82 | ||||||||||||
Time deposits |
285,144 | 1.81 | 312,164 | 1.99 | ||||||||||||
$ | 1,663,968 | .76 | % | $ | 1,364,199 | 1.06 | % | |||||||||
Included in time deposits at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, is $72,254,000 and $66,564,000 in deposits of $100,000 and over.
Time deposits at December 31, 2010 mature as follows (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31, |
||||
2011 |
$ | 173,539 | ||
2012 |
45,222 | |||
2013 |
14,319 | |||
2014 |
11,068 | |||
2015 |
12,391 | |||
Thereafter |
28,605 | |||
$ | 285,144 | |||
Interest expense on deposits for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 is as follows (in thousands):
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
Interest-bearing checking accounts |
$ | 6,418 | $ | 7,057 | $ | 9,688 | ||||||
Money market deposit accounts |
597 | 678 | 1,091 | |||||||||
Savings accounts |
1,732 | 1,974 | 2,014 | |||||||||
Time deposits |
5,593 | 8,323 | 13,963 | |||||||||
$ | 14,340 | $ | 18,032 | $ | 26,756 | |||||||
86
Table of Contents
(10) Borrowed Funds
Borrowed funds are summarized as follows (in thousands):
December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||
Amount | Weighted Average Rate |
Amount | Weighted Average Rate |
|||||||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
$ | 265,000 | 2.86 | % | $ | 333,000 | 2.68 | % | ||||||||
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase |
67,864 | .46 | 64,573 | .73 | ||||||||||||
Other borrowings |
27,500 | 2.78 | 27,500 | 2.80 | ||||||||||||
$ | 360,364 | 2.40 | % | $ | 425,073 | 2.39 | % | |||||||||
Information concerning Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances and securities sold under agreements to repurchase (reverse repurchase agreements) is summarized as follows (in thousands):
FHLB Advances |
Reverse Repurchase Agreements |
|||||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||||
Average balance |
$ | 358,352 | $ | 263,896 | $ | 70,983 | $ | 68,272 | ||||||||
Maximum amount outstanding at any month end |
521,000 | 333,000 | 75,107 | 77,246 | ||||||||||||
Average interest rate for the year |
2.41 | % | 4.11 | % | .61 | % | .86 | % | ||||||||
Amortized cost of collateral: |
||||||||||||||||
Corporate securities |
| | $ | | $ | | ||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities |
| | 74,931 | 76,827 | ||||||||||||
Estimated market value of collateral: |
||||||||||||||||
Corporate securities |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities |
| | 77,163 | 78,152 |
The securities collateralizing the reverse repurchase agreements are delivered to the lender with whom each transaction is executed or to a third party custodian. The lender, who may sell, loan or otherwise dispose of such securities to other parties in the normal course of their operations, agrees to resell to the Company substantially the same securities at the maturity of the reverse repurchase agreements. (See notes 3 and 4.)
FHLB advances and reverse repurchase agreements have contractual maturities at December 31, 2010 as follows (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31, | FHLB Advances |
Reverse Repurchase Agreements |
||||||
2011 |
$ | 54,000 | $ | 67,864 | ||||
2012 |
41,000 | | ||||||
2013 |
66,000 | | ||||||
2014 |
40,000 | | ||||||
2015 |
64,000 | | ||||||
$ | 265,000 | $ | 67,864 | |||||
Amount callable by lender prior to the maturity date |
| |
During 2007, the Company issued $10 million of trust preferred securities which carry a floating rate of 175 basis points over 3 month LIBOR adjusted quarterly. Accrued interest is due quarterly with principal due at the maturity date of September 1, 2037. During 2006, the Company issued $12,500,000 of trust preferred securities. The trust preferred securities carry a floating rate of 166 basis points over 3 month LIBOR adjusted quarterly. Accrued interest is due quarterly with principal due at the maturity date in 2036. On August 4, 2005, the Company issued $5,000,000 of subordinated debt at a fixed interest rate of 6.35%. Accrued interest is due quarterly with principal due at the maturity date of November 23, 2015.
87
Table of Contents
Interest expense on borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 is as follows (in thousands):
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
$ | 8,629 | $ | 10,772 | $ | 15,873 | ||||||
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase |
434 | 589 | 1,209 | |||||||||
Other borrowings |
850 | 1,005 | 1,544 | |||||||||
$ | 9,913 | $ | 12,366 | $ | 18,626 | |||||||
All FHLB advances are secured by the Banks mortgage loans, mortgage-backed securities and FHLB stock. As a member of the FHLB of New York, the Company is required to maintain a minimum investment in the capital stock of the FHLB, at cost, in an amount equal to 0.20% of the Banks mortgage-related assets, plus 4.5% of the specified value of certain transactions between the Bank and the FHLB.
(11) Income Taxes
The provision (benefit) for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 consists of the following (in thousands):
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
Current: |
||||||||||||
Federal |
$ | 13,016 | $ | 9,636 | $ | 2,884 | ||||||
State |
2,288 | 1,474 | (413 | ) | ||||||||
Total current |
15,304 | 11,110 | 2,471 | |||||||||
Deferred: |
||||||||||||
Federal |
(2,614 | ) | (1,780 | ) | 4,120 | |||||||
State |
(2,289 | ) | (175 | ) | 269 | |||||||
Total deferred |
(4,903 | ) | (1,955 | ) | 4,389 | |||||||
$ | 10,401 | $ | 9,155 | $ | 6,860 | |||||||
Included in other comprehensive income (loss) is income tax expense (benefit) attributable to net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale in the amount of $3,478,000, $1,300,000 and $(6,889,000) for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Included in stockholders equity is income tax (expense) benefit attributable to stock plans in the amount of $(23,000), $150,000 and $51,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
88
Table of Contents
A reconciliation between the provision for income taxes and the expected amount computed by multiplying income before the provision for income taxes times the applicable statutory Federal income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 is as follows (in thousands):
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
Income before provision for income taxes |
$ | 30,779 | $ | 24,808 | $ | 21,624 | ||||||
Applicable statutory Federal income tax rate |
35.0 | % | 35.0 | % | 35.0 | % | ||||||
Computed expected Federal income tax expense |
$ | 10,773 | $ | 8,683 | $ | 7,568 | ||||||
Increase (decrease) in Federal income tax expense resulting from: |
||||||||||||
ESOP adjustment |
43 | 41 | 107 | |||||||||
ESOP dividends |
(238 | ) | (374 | ) | (380 | ) | ||||||
Earnings on life insurance |
(295 | ) | (292 | ) | (247 | ) | ||||||
State income taxes net of Federal benefit |
921 | 844 | (94 | ) | ||||||||
Reversal of valuation allowance on state deferred tax benefit |
(922 | ) | | | ||||||||
Other items, net |
119 | 253 | (94 | ) | ||||||||
$ | 10,401 | $ | 9,155 | $ | 6,860 | |||||||
Included in other assets at December 31, 2010 and 2009 is a net deferred tax asset of $13,243,000 and $11,818,000, respectively.
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are presented in the following table (in thousands):
December 31, | ||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
Deferred tax assets: |
||||||||
Allowance for loan and real estate owned losses per books |
$ | 8,047 | $ | 6,014 | ||||
Reserve for repurchased loans |
330 | 335 | ||||||
Valuation allowances for repurchased loans |
94 | 95 | ||||||
Reserve for uncollected interest |
1,030 | 729 | ||||||
Incentive compensation |
1,059 | 119 | ||||||
Deferred compensation |
749 | 718 | ||||||
Other reserves |
40 | 40 | ||||||
Stock plans |
946 | 672 | ||||||
Unrealized loss on securities available for sale |
3,840 | 7,318 | ||||||
Intangible assets |
241 | 307 | ||||||
Lease termination costs |
284 | 393 | ||||||
Real estate owned |
185 | 89 | ||||||
State alternative minimum tax |
1,160 | 1,160 | ||||||
Total gross deferred tax assets |
18,005 | 17,989 | ||||||
Less valuation allowance |
| (922 | ) | |||||
Deferred tax assets, net |
18,005 | 17,067 | ||||||
Deferred tax liabilities: |
||||||||
Excess servicing on sale of mortgage loans |
(80 | ) | (441 | ) | ||||
Investments, discount accretion |
(434 | ) | (433 | ) | ||||
Deferred loan and commitment costs, net |
(2,004 | ) | (1,986 | ) | ||||
ESOP |
(24 | ) | (83 | ) | ||||
Premises and equipment, differences in depreciation |
(715 | ) | (575 | ) | ||||
Undistributed REIT income |
(1,505 | ) | (1,731 | ) | ||||
Total deferred tax liabilities |
(4,762 | ) | (5,249 | ) | ||||
Net deferred tax assets |
$ | 13,243 | $ | 11,818 | ||||
89
Table of Contents
At December 31, 2009, the Company determined that a valuation allowance should be established for state deferred tax assets other than the alternative minimum tax as it was considered more likely than not that the Bank, based on anticipated changes to its corporate structure, would not have sufficient earnings to realize the benefit. At December 31, 2010, the Company determined that it was more likely than not that the state deferred tax assets will be realized through future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, future taxable income and tax planning strategies. The change in status from 2009 to 2010 resulted from a year-end 2010 dividend from OceanFirst REIT Holdings, Inc. to the Bank which utilized all existing net operating losses created by stock option exercises. There was no tax benefit recognized relating to the utilization of these net operating losses. The recognition of cumulative deferred state tax assets which existed at the beginning of the year provided the Company with a tax benefit of $922,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010. The Company determined that it is not required to establish a valuation reserve for the remaining net deferred tax asset since it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets will be realized through future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, future taxable income and tax planning strategies. The conclusion that it is more likely than not that the remaining net deferred tax assets will be realized is based on the history of earnings and the prospects for continued growth. Management will continue to review the tax criteria related to the recognition of deferred tax assets.
Retained earnings at December 31, 2010 includes approximately $10,750,000 for which no provision for income tax has been made. This amount represents an allocation of income to bad debt deductions for tax purposes only. Events that would result in taxation of these reserves include failure to qualify as a bank for tax purposes, distributions in complete or partial liquidation, stock redemptions and excess distributions to shareholders. At December 31, 2010 the Company had an unrecognized deferred tax liability of $4,391,000 with respect to this reserve.
A reconciliation of the amount of unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 follows (in thousands). The unrecognized tax benefits for the year ended December 31, 2008 would affect the effective income tax rate if recognized.
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
Balance at beginning of year |
$ | | $ | | $ | 338 | ||||||
State tax benefits (settled) originated |
| | (338 | ) | ||||||||
Balance at end of year |
$ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||
The tax years that remain subject to examination by the Federal government include the year ended December 31, 2007 and forward. The tax years that remain subject to examination by the States of New Jersey and New York include the years ended December 31, 2006 and forward.
(12) Employee Stock Ownership Plan
As part of the Conversion, the Bank established an Employee Stock Ownership Plan and in 2006 the Bank established a Matching Contribution Employee Stock Ownership Plan (collectively the ESOP) to provide retirement benefits for eligible employees. All full-time employees are eligible to participate in the ESOP after they attain age 21 and complete one year of service during which they work at least 1,000 hours. ESOP shares are allocated among participants on the basis of compensation earned during the year. Employees are fully vested in their ESOP account after the completion of five years of credited service or completely if service was terminated due to death, retirement, disability, or change in control of the Company. ESOP participants are entitled to receive distributions from the ESOP account only upon termination of service, which includes retirement and death except that a participant may elect to have dividends distributed as a cash payment on a quarterly basis.
The ESOP originally borrowed $13,421,000 from the Company to purchase 2,013,137 shares of common stock issued in the conversion. On May 12, 1998, the initial loan agreement was amended to allow the ESOP to borrow an additional $8,200,000 in order to fund the purchase of 633,750 shares of common stock. At the same time the term of the loan was extended from the initial twelve years to thirty years. As part of the establishment of the Matching Contribution Employee Stock Ownership Plan the term of the loan was reduced by one year and now expires in 2026. The amended loan is to be repaid from contributions by the Bank to the ESOP trust. The Bank is required to make contributions to the ESOP in amounts at least equal to the principal and interest requirement of the debt, assuming a fixed interest rate of 8.25%.
90
Table of Contents
The Banks obligation to make such contributions is reduced to the extent of any dividends paid by the Company on unallocated shares and any investment earnings realized on such dividends. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009 contributions to the ESOP, which were used to fund principal and interest payments on the ESOP debt, totaled $522,000 for each year. During 2010 and 2009, $271,000 and $486,000, respectively, of dividends paid on unallocated ESOP shares were used for debt service. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the loan had an outstanding balance of $4,400,000 and $4,547,000, respectively, and the ESOP had unallocated shares of 531,727 and 566,365, respectively. At December 31, 2010, the unallocated shares had a fair value of $6,843,000. The unamortized balance of the ESOP is shown as unallocated common stock held by the ESOP and is reflected as a reduction of stockholders equity.
For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 the Bank recorded compensation expense related to the ESOP of $416,000, $409,000 and $597,000, respectively, including $124,000, $116,000 and $306,000, respectively, representing additional compensation expense to reflect the increase in the average fair value of committed to be released and allocated shares in excess of the Banks cost. As of December 31, 2010, 2,080,523 shares had been allocated to participants and 34,637 shares were committed to be released.
(13) Incentive Plan
The Company has established the Amended and Restated OceanFirst Financial Corp. 1997 Incentive Plan (the Incentive Plan) which authorizes the granting of stock options and awards of Common Stock and the OceanFirst Financial Corp. 2000 Stock Option Plan which authorizes the granting of stock options. On April 24, 2003 the Companys shareholders ratified an amendment of the OceanFirst Financial Corp. 2000 Stock Option Plan which increased the number of shares available under option. On April 20, 2006 the OceanFirst Financial Corp. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan was approved which authorizes the granting of stock options or awards of common stock. The purpose of these plans is to attract and retain qualified personnel in key positions, provide officers, employees and non-employee directors (Outside Directors) with a proprietary interest in the Company as an incentive to contribute to the success of the Company, align the interests of management with those of other stockholders and reward employees for outstanding performance. All officers, other employees and Outside Directors of the Company and its affiliates are eligible to receive awards under the plans.
Under the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, the Company is authorized to issue up to an additional 1,000,000 shares subject to option of which 341,244 shares remain to be issued at December 31, 2010. In lieu of options, up to 333,333 shares in the form of stock awards may be issued. All options expire 10 years from the date of grant and generally vest at the rate of 20% per year. The exercise price of each option equals the closing market price of the Companys stock on the date of grant. The Company typically issues Treasury shares to satisfy stock option exercises.
A summary of option activity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 follows:
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Number of Shares |
Weighted Average Exercise Price |
Number Of Shares |
Weighted Average Exercise Price |
Number Of Shares |
Weighted Average Exercise Price |
|||||||||||||||||||
Outstanding at beginning of year |
1,636,886 | $ | 20.10 | 1,557,112 | $ | 20.55 | 1,385,203 | $ | 21.10 | |||||||||||||||
Granted |
300,745 | 10.09 | 97,879 | 12.28 | 217,644 | 16.87 | ||||||||||||||||||
Exercised |
(600 | ) | 12.28 | (7,863 | ) | 12.01 | (8,410 | ) | 14.02 | |||||||||||||||
Forfeited |
(34,308 | ) | 15.99 | (8,612 | ) | 21.45 | (37,325 | ) | 21.78 | |||||||||||||||
Expired |
(47,610 | ) | 12.49 | (1,630 | ) | 9.87 | | | ||||||||||||||||
Outstanding at end of year |
1,855,113 | $ | 18.75 | 1,636,886 | $ | 20.10 | 1,557,112 | $ | 20.55 | |||||||||||||||
Options exercisable |
1,255,703 | 1,167,748 | 1,062,004 | |||||||||||||||||||||
91
Table of Contents
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2010:
Options Outstanding | Options Exercisable | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Exercise Prices |
Number of Options |
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life |
Weighted Average Exercise Price |
Number of Options |
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life |
Weighted Average Exercise Price |
||||||||||||||||||
$10.00 to 12.28 |
382,699 | 8.95 years | $ | 10.65 | 18,976 | 8.25 years | $ | 12.28 | ||||||||||||||||
14.33 to 15.04 |
7,425 | 0.19 | 14.58 | 7,425 | 0.19 | 14.58 | ||||||||||||||||||
16.81 to 17.88 |
512,800 | 3.58 | 17.45 | 388,966 | 2.44 | 17.65 | ||||||||||||||||||
18.64 to 23.23 |
515,438 | 4.47 | 22.12 | 441,005 | 4.16 | 22.22 | ||||||||||||||||||
23.44 to 27.11 |
436,751 | 3.70 | 23.49 | 399,331 | 3.56 | 23.49 | ||||||||||||||||||
1,855,113 | 4.95 years | $ | 18.75 | 1,255,703 | 3.47 years | $ | 21.02 | |||||||||||||||||
The aggregate intrinsic value for stock options outstanding and stock options exercisable at December 31, 2010 is $851,000 and $11,000, respectively.
(14) Commitments, Contingencies and Concentrations of Credit Risk
The Company, in the normal course of business, is party to financial instruments and commitments which involve, to varying degrees, elements of risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements. These financial instruments and commitments include unused consumer lines of credit and commitments to extend credit.
At December 31, 2010, the following commitments and contingent liabilities existed which are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements (in thousands):
December 31, 2010 | ||||
Unused consumer and construction loan lines of credit (primarily floating-rate) |
$ | 110,144 | ||
Unused commercial loan lines of credit (primarily floating-rate) |
95,377 | |||
Other commitments to extend credit: |
||||
Fixed-Rate |
44,184 | |||
Adjustable-Rate |
6,641 | |||
Floating-Rate |
11,417 |
The Companys fixed-rate loan commitments expire within 90 days of issuance and carried interest rates ranging from 4.38% to 6.75% at December 31, 2010.
The Companys maximum exposure to credit losses in the event of nonperformance by the other party to these financial instruments and commitments is represented by the contractual amounts. The Company uses the same credit policies in granting commitments and conditional obligations as it does for financial instruments recorded in the consolidated statements of financial condition.
These commitments and obligations do not necessarily represent future cash flow requirements. The Company evaluates each customers creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, is based on managements assessment of risk. Substantially all of the unused consumer and construction loan lines of credit are collateralized by mortgages on real estate.
The Bank and Columbia each entered into loan sale agreements with investors in the normal course of business. The loan sale agreements generally require the Bank or Columbia to repurchase loans previously sold in the event of a violation of various representations and warranties customary to the mortgage banking industry. In the opinion of management, the potential exposure related to the loan sale agreements is adequately provided for in the reserve for repurchased loans which is included in other liabilities with a corresponding provision which reduced the net gain on sale of loans. The reserve for repurchased loans was established to provide for expected losses related to outstanding loan repurchase requests and additional repurchase requests which may be received on loans previously sold to investors. In establishing the reserve for repurchased loans, the Company considered all types of sold loans. At December 31, 2010, there was one outstanding loan repurchase request on a loan with a principal balance of $122,000 which the Company is contesting. There are also seven claims from one loan investor totaling $2.8 million that the Company believes are covered by a settlement agreement and release between Columbia and the loan investor executed in August 2007. The Company has vigorously contested these claims and believes there are valid defenses, including the settlement and release agreement.
92
Table of Contents
An analysis of the reserve for repurchased loans for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 follows (in thousands).
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
Balance at beginning of year |
$ | 819 | $ | 1,143 | $ | 2,398 | ||||||
Recovery charged to operations, net |
| (245 | ) | (248 | ) | |||||||
Loss on loans repurchased or settlements |
(10 | ) | (79 | ) | (1,007 | ) | ||||||
Balance at end of year |
$ | 809 | $ | 819 | $ | 1,143 | ||||||
At December 31, 2010, the Company is obligated under noncancelable operating leases for premises and equipment. Rental expense under these leases aggregated approximately $1,982,000, $2,721,000 and $2,500,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
The projected minimum rental commitments as of December 31, 2010 are as follows (in thousands):
Year Ended December 31, |
||||
2011 |
$ | 1,562 | ||
2012 |
1,462 | |||
2013 |
1,274 | |||
2014 |
1,284 | |||
2015 |
1,207 | |||
Thereafter |
13,473 | |||
$ | 20,262 | |||
The Company grants one-to-four family and commercial first mortgage real estate loans to borrowers primarily located in Ocean, Middlesex and Monmouth Counties, New Jersey. The Company also originates interest-only one-to-four family mortgage loans in which the borrower makes only interest payments for the first five, seven or ten years of the mortgage loan term. This feature will result in future increases in the borrowers loan repayment when the contractually required repayments increase due to the required amortization of the principal amount. These payment increases could affect a borrowers ability to repay the loan. The amount of interest-only one-to-four family mortgage loans at December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $80.1 million and $123.0 million, respectively. The amount of interest-only one-to-four family mortgage loans on non-accrual status at December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $5.5 million for both periods. The ability of borrowers to repay their obligations is dependent upon various factors including the borrowers income and net worth, cash flows generated by the underlying collateral, value of the underlying collateral and priority of the Companys lien on the property. Such factors are dependent upon various economic conditions and individual circumstances beyond the Companys control; the Company is, therefore, subject to risk of loss. In recent years, there has been a weakening in the local economy coupled with declining real estate values. A further decline in real estate values could cause some residential and commercial mortgage loans to become inadequately collateralized, which would expose the Bank to a greater risk of loss.
The Company believes its lending policies and procedures adequately minimize the potential exposure to such risks. Collateral and/or guarantees are required for all loans.
93
Table of Contents
The Company is a defendant in certain claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. Management and its legal counsel are of the opinion that the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Companys consolidated financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
(15) Fair Value Measurements
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. A fair market measurement assumes that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability occurs in the principal market for the asset or liability or in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market for the asset or liability. The price in the principal (or the most advantageous) market used to measure the fair value of the asset or liability shall not be adjusted for transaction costs. An orderly transaction is a transaction that assumes exposure to the market for a period prior to the measurement date to allow for marketing activities that are usual and customary for transactions involving such assets and liabilities; it is not a forced transaction. Market participants are buyers and sellers in the principal market that are (i) independent, (ii) knowledgeable, (iii) able to transact and (iv) willing to transact.
The Company uses valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income approach and/or the cost approach. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets and liabilities. The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts, such as cash flows or earnings, to a single present amount on a discounted basis. The cost approach is based on the amount that currently would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset (replacement costs). Valuation techniques should be consistently applied. Inputs to valuation techniques refer to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Inputs may be observable, meaning those that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources, or unobservable, meaning those that reflect the reporting entitys own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. In that regard, a fair value hierarchy has been established for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. Movements within the fair value hierarchy are recognized at the end of the applicable reporting period. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:
Level 1 Inputs - Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.
Level 2 Inputs - Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (for example, interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speeds, loss severities, credit risks and default rates) or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlations or other means.
Level 3 Inputs - Significant unobservable inputs that reflect an entitys own assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.
A description of the valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below.
In general, fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed models that primarily use, as inputs, observable market-based parameters. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. While management believes the Companys valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.
94
Table of Contents
Securities Available for Sale - Securities classified as available for sale are reported at fair value utilizing Level 1 and Level 2 inputs. Most of the Companys investment and mortgage-backed securities are fixed income instruments that are not quoted on an exchange, but are bought and sold in active markets. Prices for these instruments are obtained through third party pricing vendors or security industry sources that actively participate in the buying and selling of securities. Prices obtained from these sources include market quotations and matrix pricing. Matrix pricing is a mathematical technique used principally to value certain securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities, but comparing the securities to benchmark or comparable securities.
Fair value estimates are made at a point in time, based on relevant market data as well as the best information available about the security. Illiquid credit markets have resulted in inactive markets for certain of the Companys securities. As a result, there is limited observable market data for these assets. Fair value estimates for securities for which limited observable market data is available are based on judgments regarding current economic conditions, liquidity discounts, credit and interest rate risks, and other factors. These estimates involve significant uncertainties and judgments and cannot be determined with precision. As a result, such calculated fair value estimates may not be realizable in a current sale or immediate settlement of the security.
The Company utilizes third party pricing services to obtain market values for its corporate bonds. Managements policy is to obtain and review all available documentation from the third party pricing service relating to their market value determinations, including their methodology and summary of inputs. Management reviews this documentation, makes inquiries of the third party pricing service and makes a determination as to the level of the valuation inputs. Based on the Companys review of available documentation and discussions with the third party pricing service, management concluded that Level 2 inputs were utilized. The significant observable inputs include benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, benchmark securities and observations of equity and credit default swap curves related to the issuer.
Real estate owned and loans measured for impairment based on the fair value of the underlying collateral are recorded at estimated fair value, less estimated selling costs. Fair value is based on independent appraisals.
95
Table of Contents
The following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value (dollars in thousands):
Level 1 Inputs |
Level 2 Inputs |
Level 3 Inputs |
Total Fair Value |
|||||||||||||
December 31, 2010 |
||||||||||||||||
Items measured on a recurring basis: |
||||||||||||||||
Investment securities available for sale: |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. Agency obligations |
$ | 41,132 | $ | | $ | | $ | 41,132 | ||||||||
State and municipal obligations |
| 10,615 | | 10,615 | ||||||||||||
Corporate debt securities |
| 39,856 | | 39,856 | ||||||||||||
Equity investments |
315 | | | 315 | ||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale |
| 341,175 | | 341,175 | ||||||||||||
Items measured on a non-recurring basis: |
||||||||||||||||
Real estate owned |
| | 2,295 | 2,295 | ||||||||||||
Loans measured for impairment based on the fair value of the underlying collateral |
| | 4,673 | 4,673 | ||||||||||||
December 31, 2009 |
||||||||||||||||
Items measured on a recurring basis: |
||||||||||||||||
Investment securities available for sale: |
||||||||||||||||
Corporate debt securities |
| 36,369 | | 36,369 | ||||||||||||
Other securities |
598 | 300 | | 898 | ||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale |
| 213,622 | | 213,622 | ||||||||||||
Items measured on a non-recurring basis: |
||||||||||||||||
Real estate owned |
| | 2,613 | 2,613 | ||||||||||||
Loans measured for impairment based on the fair value of the underlying collateral |
| | 499 | 499 |
Certain financial assets and financial liabilities are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment).
(16) Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value estimates, methods and assumptions are set forth below for the Companys financial instruments.
Cash and Due from Banks
For cash and due from banks, the carrying amount approximates fair value.
Investments and Mortgage-Backed Securities
Most of the Companys investment and mortgage-backed securities are fixed income instruments that are not quoted on an exchange, but are bought and sold in active markets. Prices for these instruments are obtained through third party pricing vendors or security industry sources that actively participate in the buying and selling of securities. Prices obtained from these sources include market quotations and matrix pricing. Matrix pricing is a mathematical technique used principally to value certain securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities, but comparing the securities to benchmark or comparable securities.
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York Stock
The fair value for Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock is its carrying value since this is the amount for which it could be redeemed. There is no active market for this stock and the Company is required to maintain a minimum investment based upon the outstanding balance of mortgage related assets and outstanding borrowings.
96
Table of Contents
Loans
Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type such as residential mortgage, construction, consumer and commercial. Each loan category is further segmented into fixed and adjustable rate interest terms.
Fair value of performing and non-performing loans was estimated by discounting the future cash flows, net of estimated prepayments, at a rate for which similar loans would be originated to new borrowers with similar terms. Fair values estimated in this manner do not fully incorporate an exit-price approach to fair value, but instead are based on a comparison to current market rates for comparable loans.
Deposits
The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as non-interest-bearing demand deposits, savings, and interest-bearing checking accounts and money market accounts are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand. The related insensitivity of the majority of these deposits to interest rate changes creates a significant inherent value which is not reflected in the fair value reported. The fair value of time deposits are based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.
Borrowed Funds
Fair value estimates are based on discounting contractual cash flows using rates which approximate the rates offered for borrowings of similar remaining maturities.
Commitments to Extend Credit and Sell Loans
The fair value of commitments to extend credit is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates.
The estimated fair values of the Banks significant financial instruments as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 are presented in the following tables (in thousands).
December 31, 2010 | ||||||||
Book Value |
Fair Value |
|||||||
Financial Assets: |
||||||||
Cash and due from banks |
$ | 31,455 | $ | 31,455 | ||||
Investment securities available for sale |
91,918 | 91,918 | ||||||
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale |
341,175 | 341,175 | ||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock |
16,928 | 16,928 | ||||||
Loans receivable and mortgage loans held for sale |
1,667,462 | 1,675,805 | ||||||
Financial Liabilities: |
||||||||
Deposits |
1,663,968 | 1,668,007 | ||||||
Borrowed funds |
360,364 | 364,657 | ||||||
97
Table of Contents
December 31, 2009 | ||||||||
Book Value |
Fair Value |
|||||||
Financial Assets: |
||||||||
Cash and due from banks |
$ | 23,016 | $ | 23,016 | ||||
Investment securities available for sale |
37,267 | 37,267 | ||||||
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale |
213,622 | 213,622 | ||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York stock |
19,434 | 19,434 | ||||||
Loans receivable and mortgage loans held for sale |
1,634,942 | 1,628,898 | ||||||
Financial Liabilities: |
||||||||
Deposits |
1,364,199 | 1,366,206 | ||||||
Borrowed funds |
425,073 | 427,061 | ||||||
Limitations
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Companys entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Companys financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other significant unobservable inputs. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
Fair value estimates are based on existing balance sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. Significant assets and liabilities that are not considered financial assets or liabilities include deferred tax assets and premises and equipment. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in the estimates.
(17) Parent-Only Financial Information
The following condensed statements of financial condition at December 31, 2010 and 2009 and condensed statements of operations and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 for OceanFirst Financial Corp. (parent company only) reflects the Companys investment in its wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank, using the equity method of accounting.
98
Table of Contents
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
(in thousands)
December 31, | ||||||||
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
Assets |
||||||||
Cash and due from banks |
$ | 7 | $ | 7 | ||||
Advances to subsidiary Bank |
20,879 | 31,797 | ||||||
Investment securities |
316 | 292 | ||||||
ESOP loan receivable |
4,400 | 4,547 | ||||||
Investment in subsidiary Bank |
201,200 | 173,117 | ||||||
Other assets |
2,090 | 1,415 | ||||||
Total assets |
$ | 228,892 | $ | 211,175 | ||||
Liabilities and Stockholders Equity |
||||||||
Borrowings |
$ | 27,500 | $ | 27,500 | ||||
Other liabilities |
141 | 139 | ||||||
Stockholders equity |
201,251 | 183,536 | ||||||
Total liabilities and stockholders equity |
$ | 228,892 | $ | 211,175 | ||||
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands)
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
Dividend income subsidiary Bank |
$ | | $ | 7,200 | $ | 3,200 | ||||||
Dividend income investment securities |
15 | 15 | 652 | |||||||||
Loss on sale investment securities |
| (4 | ) | (1,023 | ) | |||||||
Interest income advances to subsidiary Bank |
64 | 69 | 49 | |||||||||
Interest income ESOP loan receivable |
375 | 386 | 397 | |||||||||
Total dividend and interest income |
454 | 7,666 | 3,275 | |||||||||
Interest expense borrowings |
784 | 928 | 1,443 | |||||||||
Operating expenses |
1,439 | 2,174 | 1,279 | |||||||||
(Loss) income before income taxes and undistributed earnings of subsidiary Bank |
(1,769 | ) | 4,564 | 553 | ||||||||
Benefit for income taxes |
619 | 923 | 1,441 | |||||||||
(Loss) income before undistributed earnings of subsidiary Bank |
(1,150 | ) | 5,487 | 1,994 | ||||||||
Undistributed earnings of subsidiary Bank |
21,528 | 10,166 | 12,770 | |||||||||
Net Income |
$ | 20,378 | $ | 15,653 | $ | 14,764 | ||||||
99
Table of Contents
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2010 | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 20,378 | $ | 15,653 | $ | 14,764 | ||||||
Decrease (increase) in advances to subsidiary Bank |
10,918 | (30,409 | ) | 4,331 | ||||||||
Undistributed earnings of subsidiary Bank |
(21,528 | ) | (10,166 | ) | (12,770 | ) | ||||||
Loss on sale of investment securities |
| 4 | 1,023 | |||||||||
Change in other assets and other liabilities |
(619 | ) | (1,006 | ) | (574 | ) | ||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
9,149 | (25,924 | ) | 6,774 | ||||||||
Cash flows from investing activities: |
||||||||||||
Proceeds from sale of investment securities |
| 1,822 | 3,000 | |||||||||
Purchase of investment securities |
| | (633 | ) | ||||||||
Investment in subsidiary Bank |
| (19,132 | ) | | ||||||||
Repayments on ESOP loan receivable |
147 | 136 | 124 | |||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) investing Activities |
147 | (17,174 | ) | 2,491 | ||||||||
Cash flows from financing activities: |
||||||||||||
Dividends paid common stock |
(8,764 | ) | (9,417 | ) | (9,366 | ) | ||||||
Dividends paid preferred stock |
| (1,828 | ) | | ||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrants |
| 38,263 | | |||||||||
Redemption of warrants and preferred stock |
(431 | ) | (38,263 | ) | | |||||||
(Expenses ) proceeds from common stock issuance |
(108 | ) | 54,248 | | ||||||||
Exercise of stock options |
7 | 95 | 101 | |||||||||
Net cash (used in) provided by financing Activities |
(9,296 | ) | 43,098 | (9,265 | ) | |||||||
Net increase in cash and due from banks |
| | | |||||||||
Cash and due from banks at beginning of year |
7 | 7 | 7 | |||||||||
Cash and due from banks at end of year |
$ | 7 | $ | 7 | $ | 7 | ||||||
(18) Issuance of Preferred and Common Stock
On January 16, 2009, (the Closing Date) as part of the U.S. Department of the Treasury Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program, the Company entered into a Letter Agreement (Letter Agreement) and a Securities Purchase Agreement Standard Terms attached thereto (Securities Purchase Agreement) with the Treasury, pursuant to which the Company agreed to issue and sell, and the Treasury agreed to purchase, (i) 38,263 shares of the Companys Fixed Rate Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A (the preferred stock), having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, and (ii) a ten-year warrant (the warrant) to purchase up to 380,853 shares of the Companys common stock, $0.01 par value (common stock), at an exercise price of $15.07 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $38.3 million in cash.
During the period that the preferred stock was outstanding cumulative dividends on the preferred stock accrued on the liquidation preference at a rate of 5% per annum and were paid only if, as and when declared by the Companys Board of Directors. The Company paid all of its dividends on the preferred stock when such dividends were due. The preferred stock had no maturity date and ranked senior to the common stock with respect to the payment of dividends and distributions and amounts payable upon liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the Company. The Securities Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which the preferred stock and warrant were sold, contained limitations on the payment of dividends on the common stock (including with respect to the payment of cash dividends in excess of $0.20 per share, which was the amount of the last regular dividend declared by the Company prior to October 14, 2008). There were additional limitations on the Companys ability to repurchase its common stock and repurchase or redeem its trust preferred securities, and the Company was subjected to certain of the executive compensation limitations included in the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 and the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 during the period the U.S. Treasury held the preferred stock.
100
Table of Contents
Of the $38.3 million in issuance proceeds, $36.9 million and $1.3 million were allocated to the preferred stock and the warrant, respectively, based upon their relative fair values as of the Closing Date. The resulting discount of $1.3 million was accreted by a charge to retained earnings over a five year estimated life.
In determining the fair value of the preferred stock, the Company utilized a discounted cash flow approach with the fair value derived by the present value of all future cash flow streams, discounted at an expected market interest rate. The discounted cash flow valuation model included the following assumptions:
| Interest Cash Flows observable input derived from Security Purchase Agreement. |
| Principal Cash Flows observable input derived from Security Purchase Agreement |
| Term/Period unobservable input based on the terms of the Security Purchase Agreement and the Companys expectations to redeem the preferred stock. The preferred stock has no maturity date, however, the Company may redeem the preferred shares at any time with the approval of the Secretary of the Treasury after consultation with the Office of Thrift Supervision. Under the terms of the Security Purchase Agreement, cumulative dividends on the preferred stock accrue at 5% per annum for the first five years, and at a rate of 9% per annum thereafter. The Company accepted the preferred stock investment on a voluntary basis due to the uncertainties surrounding the economic recession. The Company was more than well-capitalized before receipt of the preferred stock investment and the Companys conservative risk profile did not make the preferred stock investment necessary. Due to the increase in the dividend rate after five years and the resulting prohibitive cost of the preferred stock and relative dilutive effect on earnings per share, the estimated term was established at five years. The Company expected to fund the repurchase through internally generated capital or through access to the capital markets. |
| Discount Rate unobservable input derived from data obtained from independent investment bankers who are active market participants for similarly structured transactions. A 14% discount rate was utilized, reflecting the most likely rate to be used by an active market participant. |
In determining the fair value of the warrants on the closing date of January 16, 2009, the Company utilized the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option pricing model includes the following assumptions:
| Strike Price observable input derived from Security Purchase Agreement ($15.07). |
| OceanFirst Stock Price at Initial Recognition observable input derived from Nasdaq stock market close ($14.83). |
| Term under the terms of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, in the event the Company redeems the preferred stock, the Treasury must liquidate the warrants at the current market price. As a result, the expiration date of the warrants will be the same as the term of the preferred stock. For the reasons noted above, the expected term is five years. |
| Risk Free Rate (5 Year Treasury Rate) observable input derived from Bond market (1.47%). |
| Dividend Rate observable input derived from OceanFirst cash dividend payments and stock market activity (4.79%). |
| Volatility observable input derived from OceanFirsts historical volatility as of initial recognition. Historical volatility was used as a proxy in determining the volatility assumption (27.0%). |
101
Table of Contents
| Number of Shares observable input from Securities Purchase Agreement as all shares were expected to be exercised (380,853). |
In November 2009, the Company closed on a public offering of 6,389,400 shares of its common stock at $9.00 per share. Net proceeds from the offering totaled $54.2 million after anticipated expenses. The Company used part of the net proceeds to repurchase the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A sold to the U.S. Treasury pursuant to the Capital Purchase Program.
On December 30, 2009, the Company redeemed all of the 38,263 shares of preferred stock originally issued to U.S. Department of the Treasury under the Capital Purchase Program. The preferred stock that the Company repurchased for $38,263,000 had a carrying value of $37,160,000 (net of $1,103,000 unaccreted discount) on the Companys statement of financial condition. As a result of the repurchase, the Company accelerated the accretion of the $1,103,000 discount and recorded a total reduction in stockholders equity of $38,263,000. The unaccreted discount was a charge against net income available to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2009. As a result of the repurchase of the preferred stock, all of the limitations affecting Company activities in the Securities Purchase Agreement, as noted above, were removed. Also, as a result of the Companys completion of the November 2009 Qualified Equity Offering, the amount of the warrant was reduced by 50% to 190,427 shares. This warrant remained outstanding at December 31, 2009, however, subsequent to year-end the Company negotiated the repurchase of the warrant from the U.S. Treasury for $431,000.
102
Table of Contents
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)
(Unaudited)
Quarter ended | ||||||||||||||||
Dec. 31 | Sept. 30 | June 30 | March 31 | |||||||||||||
2010 |
||||||||||||||||
Interest income |
$ | 24,757 | $ | 25,728 | $ | 25,807 | $ | 25,075 | ||||||||
Interest expense |
5,877 | 6,160 | 6,110 | 6,106 | ||||||||||||
Net interest income |
18,880 | 19,568 | 19,697 | 18,969 | ||||||||||||
Provision for loan losses |
2,000 | 1,600 | 2,200 | 2,200 | ||||||||||||
Net interest income after provision for loan losses |
16,880 | 17,968 | 17,497 | 16,769 | ||||||||||||
Other income |
4,527 | 4,219 | 3,598 | 2,968 | ||||||||||||
Operating expenses |
13,926 | 13,760 | 13,260 | 12,701 | ||||||||||||
Income before provision for income taxes |
7,481 | 8,427 | 7,835 | 7,036 | ||||||||||||
Provision for income taxes |
1,697 | 3,189 | 2,884 | 2,631 | ||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 5,784 | $ | 5,238 | $ | 4,951 | $ | 4,405 | ||||||||
Basic earnings per share |
$ | .32 | $ | .29 | $ | .27 | $ | .24 | ||||||||
Diluted earnings per share |
$ | .32 | $ | .29 | $ | .27 | $ | .24 | ||||||||
2009 |
||||||||||||||||
Interest income |
$ | 23,414 | $ | 23,841 | $ | 24,216 | $ | 24,390 | ||||||||
Interest expense |
6 ,469 | 7,139 | 8,062 | 8,728 | ||||||||||||
Net interest income |
16,945 | 16,702 | 16,154 | 15,662 | ||||||||||||
Provision for loan losses |
2,200 | 1,500 | 1,200 | 800 | ||||||||||||
Net interest income after provision for loan losses |
14,745 | 15,202 | 14,954 | 14,862 | ||||||||||||
Other income |
3,695 | 4,545 | 4,155 | 3,194 | ||||||||||||
Operating expenses |
13,167 | 12,353 | 13,240 | 11,784 | ||||||||||||
Income before provision for income taxes |
5,273 | 7,394 | 5,869 | 6,272 | ||||||||||||
Provision for income taxes |
1,706 | 2,860 | 2,270 | 2,319 | ||||||||||||
Net income |
3,567 | 4,534 | 3,599 | 3,953 | ||||||||||||
Dividends on preferred stock and discount accretion |
1,637 | 537 | 538 | 458 | ||||||||||||
Net income available to common stockholders |
$ | 1,930 | $ | 3,997 | $ | 3,061 | $ | 3,495 | ||||||||
Basic earnings per share |
$ | .12 | $ | .34 | $ | .26 | $ | .30 | ||||||||
Diluted earnings per share |
$ | .12 | $ | .34 | $ | .26 | $ | .30 | ||||||||
Item 9. | Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure |
None.
Item 9A. | Controls and Procedures |
(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Companys management, including the Companys principal executive officer and principal financial officer, have evaluated the effectiveness of the Companys disclosure controls and procedures as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the Exchange Act). Based upon their evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, the Companys disclosure controls and procedures were effective. Disclosure controls and procedures are the controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission (1) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SECs rules and forms, and (2) is accumulated and communicated to the Companys management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
103
Table of Contents
There were no changes in the Companys internal control over financial reporting for the year ended December 31, 2010 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
(b) Management Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Management of OceanFirst Financial Corp. and subsidiary is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. The Companys internal control over financial reporting was designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the Companys internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. This assessment was based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2010, the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting based on those criteria.
The Companys independent registered public accounting firm has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting. This report appears on page 63.
Item 9B. | Other Information |
None
PART III
Item 10. | Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance |
The information relating to directors, executive officers and corporate governance and the Registrants compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act required by Part III is incorporated herein by reference from the Registrants Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 5, 2011 under the captions Corporate Governance, Proposal 1. Election of Directors and Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.
Item 11. | Executive Compensation |
The information relating to executive compensation required by Part III is incorporated herein by reference from the Registrants Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 5, 2011 under the captions Compensation Discussion and Analysis.
Item 12. | Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters |
The information relating to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and related stockholder matters required by Part III is incorporated herein by reference from the Registrants Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 5, 2011 under the caption Stock Ownership.
104
Table of Contents
Information regarding the Companys equity compensation plans existing as of December 31, 2010 is as follows:
Plan category |
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights (a) |
Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights |
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) |
|||||||||
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders |
1,855,113 | $ | 18.75 | 341,244 | ||||||||
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders |
| | | |||||||||
Total |
1,855,113 | $ | 18.75 | 341,244 |
Item 13. | Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence |
The information relating to certain relationships and related transactions and director independence required by Part III is incorporated herein by reference from the Registrants Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 5, 2011 under the caption Transactions with Management.
Item 14. | Principal Accountant Fees and Services |
The information relating to the principal accounting fees and services is incorporated by reference to the Registrants Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting to be held on May 5, 2011 under the caption Proposal 4. Ratification of Appointment of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
PART IV
Item 15. | Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules |
(a) | (1) Financial Statements |
The following documents are filed as a part of this report:
105
Table of Contents
(a) | (2) Financial Statement Schedules |
All schedules are omitted because they are not required or applicable, or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.
(a) | (3) Exhibits |
2.1 |
Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Richard S. Pardes (the sole stockholder of Columbia Home Loans, LLC) and Columbia Home Loans, LLC and OceanFirst Bank as buyer, dated June 27, 2000 (without exhibits) (2) | |
3.1 |
Certificate of Incorporation of OceanFirst Financial Corp. (1) | |
3.1(a) |
Certificate of Designations (15) | |
3.2 |
Bylaws of OceanFirst Financial Corp. (6) | |
3.2(a) |
Warrant to Purchase up to 380,583 shares of Common Stock (15) | |
3.3 |
Certificate of Ownership Merging Ocean Interim, Inc. into OceanFirst Financial Corp. (6) | |
4.0 |
Stock Certificate of OceanFirst Financial Corp.(1) | |
10.1 |
Form of OceanFirst Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (1) | |
10.1(a) |
Amendment to OceanFirst Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (3) | |
10.1(b) |
Amended Employee Stock Ownership Plan (13) | |
10.1(c) |
Form of Matching Contribution Employee Stock Ownership Plan (13) | |
10.1(d) |
Letter Agreement dated January 16, 2009, including Securities Purchase Agreement Standard Terms incorporated by reference therein, between Company and the United States Department of the Treasury (15) | |
10.2 |
OceanFirst Bank Employees Savings and Profit Sharing Plan (1) | |
10.2(a) |
Form of Waiver executed by each of Messrs. John R. Garbarino, Vito R. Nardelli, Michael J. Fitzpatrick, Joseph R. Iantosca and Joseph J. Lebel, III (15) | |
10.3 |
OceanFirst Bank 1995 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (1) | |
10.3(a) |
OceanFirst Bank Executive Supplemental Retirement Income Agreement (14) | |
10.3(b) |
Form of Senior Executive Officer Agreement executed by each of Messrs. John R. Garbarino, Vito R. Nardelli, Michael J. Fitzpatrick, Joseph R. Iantosca and Joseph J. Lebel, III (15) | |
10.3(c) |
Amendment to the Executive Supplemental Retirement Income Agreement between OceanFirst Bank and John R. Garbarino (16) | |
10.4 |
OceanFirst Bank Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors (1) | |
10.4(a) |
OceanFirst Bank New Executive Deferred Compensation Master Agreement (14) | |
10.5 |
OceanFirst Bank Deferred Compensation Plan for Officers (1) | |
10.5(a) |
OceanFirst Bank New Director Deferred Compensation Master Agreement (14) | |
10.8 |
Amended and Restated OceanFirst Financial Corp. 1997 Incentive Plan (4) | |
10.9 |
Form of Employment Agreement between OceanFirst Bank and certain executive officers (1) | |
10.10 |
Form of Employment Agreement between OceanFirst Financial Corp. and certain executive officers (1) | |
10.13 |
2000 Stock Option Plan (5) | |
10.14 |
Form of Employment Agreement between Columbia Home Loans, LLC and Robert M. Pardes (6) | |
10.15 |
Amendment of the OceanFirst Financial Corp. 2000 Stock Option Plan (7) | |
10.16 |
Form of OceanFirst Financial Corp. 2000 Stock Option Plan Non-Statutory Option Award Agreement (9) | |
10.17 |
Form of Amended and Restated OceanFirst Financial Corp. 1997 Incentive Plan Stock Award Agreement (9) | |
10.18 |
Amendment and form of OceanFirst Bank Employee Severance Compensation Plan (10) | |
10.19 |
Form of OceanFirst Financial Corp. Deferred Incentive Compensation Award Program (11) | |
10.20 |
2006 Stock Incentive Plan (12) | |
10.21 |
Form of Employment Agreement between OceanFirst Financial Corp. and certain executive officers, including Michael J. Fitzpatrick, John R. Garbarino and Vito R. Nardelli (13) |
106
Table of Contents
10.22 |
Form of Employment Agreement between OceanFirst Bank and certain executive officers, including Michael J. Fitzpatrick, John R. Garbarino and Vito R. Nardelli (13) | |
10.23 |
Form of Change in Control Agreement between OceanFirst Financial Corp. and certain executive officers, including Joseph J. Lebel, III and Joseph R. Iantosca (13) | |
10.24 |
Form of Change in Control Agreement between OceanFirst Bank and certain executive officers, including Joseph J. Lebel, III and Joseph R. Iantosca (13) | |
14.0 |
OceanFirst Financial Corp. Code of Ethics and Standards of Personal Conduct (8) | |
21.0 |
Subsidiary information is incorporated herein by reference to Part I Subsidiary Activities | |
23.0 |
Consent of KPMG LLP (filed herewith) | |
31.1 |
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(c) Certification of Chief Executive Officer (filed herewith) | |
31.2 |
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(c) Certification of Chief Financial Officer (filed herewith) | |
32.1 |
Section 1350 Certifications (filed herewith) |
(1) | Incorporated herein by reference from the Exhibits to Form S-1, Registration Statement, effective May 13, 1996 as amended, Registration No. 33-80123. |
(2) | Incorporated herein by reference from the Exhibits to Form 8-K filed on June 28, 2000. |
(3) | Incorporated herein by reference from the Exhibits to Form 10-K filed on March 25, 1997. |
(4) | Incorporated herein by reference from Form 14-A Definitive Proxy Statement filed on March 19, 1998. |
(5) | Incorporated herein by reference from Form 14-A Definitive Proxy Statement filed on March 17, 2000. |
(6) | Incorporated herein by reference from the Exhibits to Form 10-K filed on March 23, 2003. |
(7) | Incorporated herein by reference from the Form 14-A Definitive Proxy Statement filed on March 21, 2003. |
(8) | Incorporated herein by reference from the Exhibits to Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2004. |
(9) | Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibits to Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2005. |
(10) | Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibits to Form 10-Q filed on August 9, 2005. |
(11) | Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibits to Form 10-K filed on March 14, 2006. |
(12) | Incorporated herein by reference from Form 14-A Definitive Proxy Statement filed on March 14, 2006. |
(13) | Incorporated by reference from Exhibit to Form 10-K filed on March 17, 2008. |
(14) | Incorporated by reference from Exhibit to Form 8-K filed on September 23, 2008. |
(15) | Incorporated by reference from Exhibit to Form 8-K filed January 20, 2009. |
(16) | Incorporated by reference from Exhibit to Form 8-K filed December 22, 2010. |
107
Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
OceanFirst Financial Corp. | ||
By: | /s/ John R. Garbarino | |
John R. Garbarino | ||
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer | ||
Date: | March 8, 2011 |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Name |
Date | |||
/s/ John R. Garbarino |
March 8, 2011 | |||
John R. Garbarino | ||||
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) |
||||
/s/ Michael J. Fitzpatrick |
March 8, 2011 | |||
Michael J. Fitzpatrick | ||||
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal accounting and financial officer) |
||||
/s/ Joseph J. Burke |
March 8, 2011 | |||
Joseph J. Burke | ||||
Director | ||||
/s/ Angelo Catania |
March 8, 2011 | |||
Angelo Catania | ||||
Director | ||||
/s/ Carl Feltz, Jr. |
March 8, 2011 | |||
Carl Feltz, Jr. | ||||
Director |
108
Table of Contents
/s/ John W. Chadwick |
March 8, 2011 | |||
John W. Chadwick | ||||
Director | ||||
/s/ Donald E. McLaughlin |
March 8, 2011 | |||
Donald E. McLaughlin | ||||
Director | ||||
/s/ Diane F. Rhine |
March 8, 2011 | |||
Diane F. Rhine | ||||
Director | ||||
/s/ John E. Walsh |
March 8, 2011 | |||
John E. Walsh | ||||
Director |
109